1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw__Float16: 136 case tok::kw___float128: 137 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 138 case tok::kw_bool: 139 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 140 case tok::kw___auto_type: 141 return true; 142 143 case tok::annot_typename: 144 case tok::kw_char16_t: 145 case tok::kw_char32_t: 146 case tok::kw_typeof: 147 case tok::annot_decltype: 148 case tok::kw_decltype: 149 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 150 151 case tok::kw_char8_t: 152 return getLangOpts().Char8; 153 154 default: 155 break; 156 } 157 158 return false; 159 } 160 161 namespace { 162 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 163 NotFound, 164 FoundNonType, 165 FoundType 166 }; 167 } // end anonymous namespace 168 169 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 170 /// dependent class. 171 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 172 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 173 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 174 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 175 SourceLocation NameLoc, 176 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 177 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 178 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 179 // Look for type decls in base classes. 180 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 181 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 182 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 183 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 184 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 185 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 186 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 187 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 188 // templates. 189 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 190 continue; 191 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 192 if (!TD) 193 continue; 194 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 195 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 196 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 197 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 198 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 199 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 200 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 201 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 202 BaseRD = PS; 203 } 204 } 205 } 206 if (BaseRD) { 207 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 208 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 209 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 210 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 211 } 212 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 213 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 214 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 215 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 216 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 217 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 218 break; 219 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 220 break; 221 } 222 } 223 } 224 } 225 226 return FoundTypeDecl; 227 } 228 229 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 230 const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 232 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 233 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 234 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 235 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 236 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 237 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 238 DC = DC->getParent()) { 239 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 240 // templates. 241 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 242 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 243 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 244 } 245 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 246 return nullptr; 247 248 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 249 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 250 // lookup during template instantiation. 251 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 252 253 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 254 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 255 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 256 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 257 258 CXXScopeSpec SS; 259 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 260 261 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 262 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 263 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 264 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 265 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 266 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 267 } 268 269 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 270 /// return the declaration of that type. 271 /// 272 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 273 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 274 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 275 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 276 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 277 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 278 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 279 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 280 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 281 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 282 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 283 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 284 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 285 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 286 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 287 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 288 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 289 290 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 291 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 292 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 293 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 294 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 295 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 296 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 297 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 298 299 if (!LookupCtx) { 300 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 301 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 302 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 303 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 304 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 305 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 306 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 307 // 308 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 309 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 310 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 311 return nullptr; 312 313 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 314 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 315 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 316 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 317 318 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 319 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 320 II, NameLoc); 321 return ParsedType::make(T); 322 } 323 324 return nullptr; 325 } 326 327 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 328 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 329 return nullptr; 330 } 331 332 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 333 // lookup for class-names. 334 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 335 LookupOrdinaryName; 336 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 337 if (LookupCtx) { 338 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 339 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 340 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 341 // nested-name-specifier. 342 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 343 344 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 345 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 346 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 347 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 348 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 349 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 350 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 351 LookupName(Result, S); 352 } 353 } else { 354 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 355 LookupName(Result, S); 356 357 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 358 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 359 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 360 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 361 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 362 return TypeInBase; 363 } 364 } 365 366 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 367 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 368 case LookupResult::NotFound: 369 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 370 if (CorrectedII) { 371 TypoCorrection Correction = 372 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 373 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 374 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 375 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 376 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 377 TemplateTy Template; 378 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 379 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 380 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 381 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 382 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 383 if (SS && NNS) { 384 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 385 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 386 } 387 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 388 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 389 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 390 // is handled elsewhere). 391 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 392 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 393 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 394 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 395 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 396 IsCtorOrDtorName, 397 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 398 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 399 if (Ty) { 400 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 401 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 402 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 403 if (SS && NNS) 404 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 405 *CorrectedII = NewII; 406 return Ty; 407 } 408 } 409 } 410 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 411 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 412 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 413 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 414 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 415 return nullptr; 416 417 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 418 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 419 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 420 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 421 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 422 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 423 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 424 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 425 return nullptr; 426 } 427 428 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 429 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 430 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 431 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 432 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 433 if (!IIDecl || 434 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 435 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 436 IIDecl = *Res; 437 } 438 } 439 440 if (!IIDecl) { 441 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 442 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 443 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 444 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 445 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 446 // a type name. 447 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 448 return nullptr; 449 } 450 451 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 452 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 453 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 454 // perform the name lookup again. 455 break; 456 457 case LookupResult::Found: 458 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 459 break; 460 } 461 462 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 463 464 QualType T; 465 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 466 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 467 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 468 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 469 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 470 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 471 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 472 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 473 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 474 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 475 << &II << /*Type*/1; 476 477 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 478 479 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 480 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 481 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 482 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 483 if (!HasTrailingDot) 484 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 485 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 486 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 487 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 488 QualType(), false); 489 } 490 491 if (T.isNull()) { 492 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 493 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 498 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 499 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 500 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 501 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 502 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 503 // Construct a type with type-source information. 504 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 505 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 506 507 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 508 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 509 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 510 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 511 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 512 } else { 513 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 514 } 515 } 516 517 return ParsedType::make(T); 518 } 519 520 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 521 static NestedNameSpecifier * 522 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 523 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 524 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 525 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 526 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 527 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 528 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 529 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 530 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 531 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 532 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 533 } 534 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 535 } 536 537 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 538 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 539 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 540 /// correctly rejects. 541 static const CXXRecordDecl * 542 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 543 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 544 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 545 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 546 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 547 return MD->getParent(); 548 } 549 return nullptr; 550 } 551 552 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 553 SourceLocation NameLoc, 554 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 555 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 556 557 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 558 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 559 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 560 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 561 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 562 // lookup is retried. 563 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 564 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 565 // name specifiers. 566 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 567 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 568 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 569 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 570 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 571 // instantiation time. 572 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 573 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 574 575 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 576 // template instantiation. 577 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 578 << RD; 579 } else { 580 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 581 return ParsedType(); 582 } 583 584 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 585 586 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 587 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 588 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 589 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 590 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 591 592 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 593 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 594 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 595 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 596 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 597 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 598 } 599 600 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 601 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 602 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 603 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 604 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 605 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 606 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 607 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 608 LookupName(R, S, false); 609 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 610 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 611 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 612 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 613 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 614 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 615 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 616 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 617 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 618 } 619 } 620 621 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 622 } 623 624 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 625 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 626 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 627 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 628 /// @code 629 /// template<class T> class A { 630 /// public: 631 /// typedef int TYPE; 632 /// }; 633 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 634 /// public: 635 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 636 /// }; 637 /// @endcode 638 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 639 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 640 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 641 return true; 642 643 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 644 645 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 646 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 647 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 648 return true; 649 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 650 } 651 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 652 } 653 654 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 655 SourceLocation IILoc, 656 Scope *S, 657 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 658 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 659 bool IsTemplateName) { 660 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 661 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 662 return; 663 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 664 SuggestedType = nullptr; 665 666 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 667 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 668 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 669 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 670 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 671 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 672 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 673 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 674 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 675 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 676 // We corrected to a keyword. 677 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 678 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 679 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 680 << II); 681 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 682 } else { 683 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 684 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 685 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 686 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 687 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 688 << II, CanRecover); 689 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 690 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 691 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 692 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 693 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 694 PDiag(IsTemplateName 695 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 696 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 697 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 698 CanRecover); 699 } else { 700 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 701 } 702 703 if (!CanRecover) 704 return; 705 706 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 707 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 708 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 709 SourceRange(IILoc)); 710 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 711 SuggestedType = 712 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 713 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 714 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 715 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 716 } 717 return; 718 } 719 720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 721 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 722 UnqualifiedId Name; 723 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 724 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 725 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 726 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 727 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 728 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 729 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 730 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 731 return; 732 } 733 } 734 735 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 736 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 737 738 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 739 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 740 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 741 << II; 742 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 743 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 744 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 745 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 746 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 747 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 748 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 749 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 750 751 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 752 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 753 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 754 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 755 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 756 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 757 } else { 758 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 759 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 760 } 761 } 762 763 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 764 /// or 765 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 766 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 767 NextToken.is(tok::less); 768 769 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 770 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 771 return true; 772 773 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 774 return true; 775 } 776 777 return false; 778 } 779 780 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 781 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 782 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 783 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 784 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 785 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 786 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 787 StringRef FixItTagName; 788 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 789 case TTK_Class: 790 FixItTagName = "class "; 791 break; 792 793 case TTK_Enum: 794 FixItTagName = "enum "; 795 break; 796 797 case TTK_Struct: 798 FixItTagName = "struct "; 799 break; 800 801 case TTK_Interface: 802 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 803 break; 804 805 case TTK_Union: 806 FixItTagName = "union "; 807 break; 808 } 809 810 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 811 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 812 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 813 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 814 815 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 816 I != IEnd; ++I) 817 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 818 << Name << TagName; 819 820 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 821 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 822 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 823 return true; 824 } 825 826 return false; 827 } 828 829 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 830 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 831 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 832 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 833 834 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 835 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 836 837 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 838 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 839 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 840 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 841 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 842 } 843 844 Sema::NameClassification 845 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 846 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 847 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 848 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 849 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 850 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 851 852 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 853 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 854 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 855 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 856 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 857 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 858 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 859 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 860 // will reject it later. 861 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 862 } 863 864 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 865 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 866 867 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 868 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 869 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 870 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 871 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 872 return TypeInBase; 873 } 874 875 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 876 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 877 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 878 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 879 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 880 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 881 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 882 return E; 883 } 884 885 bool SecondTry = false; 886 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 887 888 Corrected: 889 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 890 case LookupResult::NotFound: 891 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 892 // call. 893 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 894 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 895 // FIXME: Reference? 896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 897 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 898 899 // C90 6.3.2.2: 900 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 901 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 902 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 903 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 904 // the function call, the declaration 905 // 906 // extern int identifier (); 907 // 908 // appeared. 909 // 910 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 911 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 912 Result.addDecl(D); 913 Result.resolveKind(); 914 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 915 } 916 } 917 918 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 919 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 920 // "struct", or "union". 921 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 922 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 923 break; 924 } 925 926 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 927 // close to this name. 928 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 929 SecondTry = true; 930 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 931 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 932 &SS, std::move(CCC), 933 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 934 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 935 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 936 937 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 938 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 940 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 941 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 942 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 943 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 944 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 945 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 946 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 947 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 948 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 949 } 950 951 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 952 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 953 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 954 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 955 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 956 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 957 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 958 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 959 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 960 } 961 962 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 963 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 964 965 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 966 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 967 return Name; 968 969 // Also update the LookupResult... 970 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 971 Result.clear(); 972 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 973 if (FirstDecl) 974 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 975 976 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 977 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 978 // reference the ivar. 979 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 980 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 981 Result.clear(); 982 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 983 return E; 984 } 985 986 goto Corrected; 987 } 988 } 989 990 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 991 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 992 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 993 994 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 995 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 996 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 997 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 998 999 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1000 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1001 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1002 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1003 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1004 // 1005 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1006 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1007 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1008 // keyword here. 1009 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1010 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1011 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1012 } 1013 1014 case LookupResult::Found: 1015 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1016 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1017 break; 1018 1019 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1020 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1021 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1022 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1023 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1024 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1025 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1026 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1027 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1028 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1029 // ambiguous. 1030 // 1031 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1032 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1033 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1034 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1035 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1036 break; 1037 } 1038 } 1039 1040 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1041 return NameClassification::Error(); 1042 } 1043 1044 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1045 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1046 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1047 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1048 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1049 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1050 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1051 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1052 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1053 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1054 1055 if (!Result.empty()) { 1056 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1057 bool IsVarTemplate; 1058 TemplateName Template; 1059 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1060 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1061 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1062 Result.end()); 1063 } else { 1064 TemplateDecl *TD 1065 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1066 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1067 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1068 1069 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1070 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1071 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1072 TD); 1073 else 1074 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1075 } 1076 1077 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1078 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1079 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1080 // to based on which function we selected. 1081 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1082 1083 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1084 } 1085 1086 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1087 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1088 } 1089 } 1090 1091 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1092 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1093 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1094 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1095 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1096 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1097 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1098 return ParsedType::make(T); 1099 } 1100 1101 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1102 if (!Class) { 1103 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1104 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1105 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1106 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1107 } 1108 1109 if (Class) { 1110 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1111 1112 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1113 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1114 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1115 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1116 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1117 } 1118 1119 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1120 return ParsedType::make(T); 1121 } 1122 1123 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1124 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1125 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1126 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1127 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1128 1129 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1130 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1131 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1132 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1133 (NextIsOp && 1134 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1135 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1136 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1137 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1138 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1139 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1140 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1141 return ParsedType::make(T); 1142 } 1143 1144 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1145 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1146 nullptr, S); 1147 1148 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1149 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1150 } 1151 1152 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1153 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1154 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1155 if (!TD) 1156 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1157 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1158 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1159 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1160 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1161 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1162 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1163 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1164 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1165 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1166 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1167 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1168 } 1169 1170 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1171 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1172 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1173 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1174 1175 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1176 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1177 // the context we'll need to return to. 1178 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1179 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1180 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1181 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1182 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1183 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1184 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1185 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1186 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1187 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1188 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1189 1190 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1191 // lexical context. 1192 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1193 return DC; 1194 1195 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1196 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1197 // class is the context we need to return to. 1198 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1199 DC = RD; 1200 1201 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1202 // declared in. 1203 return DC; 1204 } 1205 1206 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1207 } 1208 1209 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1210 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1211 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1212 CurContext = DC; 1213 S->setEntity(DC); 1214 } 1215 1216 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 1219 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1220 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1221 } 1222 1223 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1224 Decl *D) { 1225 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1226 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1227 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1228 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1229 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1230 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1231 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1232 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1233 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1234 return Result; 1235 } 1236 1237 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1238 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1239 } 1240 1241 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1242 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1243 /// 1244 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1245 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1246 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1247 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1248 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1249 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1250 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1251 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1252 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1253 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1254 // namespace. 1255 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1256 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1257 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1258 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1259 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1260 1261 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1262 1263 #ifndef NDEBUG 1264 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1265 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1266 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1267 #endif 1268 1269 CurContext = DC; 1270 S->setEntity(DC); 1271 } 1272 1273 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1274 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1275 1276 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1277 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1278 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1279 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1280 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1281 1282 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1283 // disappear. 1284 } 1285 1286 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1287 // We assume that the caller has already called 1288 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1289 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1290 if (!FD) 1291 return; 1292 1293 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1294 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1295 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1296 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1297 CurContext = FD; 1298 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1299 1300 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1301 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1302 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1303 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1304 S->AddDecl(Param); 1305 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1306 } 1307 } 1308 } 1309 1310 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1311 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1312 // rather than the top-level class. 1313 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1314 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1315 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1316 } 1317 1318 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1319 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1320 /// 1321 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1322 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1323 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1324 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1325 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1326 /// attribute. 1327 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1328 ASTContext &Context, 1329 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1330 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1331 return true; 1332 1333 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1334 return true; 1335 1336 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1337 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1338 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1339 } 1340 1341 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1342 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1343 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1344 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1345 // scope. 1346 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1347 S = S->getParent(); 1348 1349 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1350 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1351 // into any context. 1352 if (AddToContext) 1353 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1354 1355 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1356 // are function-local declarations. 1357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1358 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1359 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1360 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1361 return; 1362 1363 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1364 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1365 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1366 return; 1367 1368 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1369 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1370 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1371 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1372 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1373 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1374 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1375 1376 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1377 break; 1378 } 1379 } 1380 1381 S->AddDecl(D); 1382 1383 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1384 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1385 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1386 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1387 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1388 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1389 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1390 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1391 continue; 1392 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1393 break; 1394 } 1395 1396 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1397 } else { 1398 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1403 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1404 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1405 } 1406 1407 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1408 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1409 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1410 } 1411 1412 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1413 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1414 do { 1415 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1416 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1417 return S; 1418 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1419 1420 return nullptr; 1421 } 1422 1423 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1424 DeclContext*, 1425 ASTContext&); 1426 1427 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1428 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1429 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1430 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1431 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1432 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1433 while (F.hasNext()) { 1434 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1435 1436 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1437 continue; 1438 1439 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1440 continue; 1441 1442 F.erase(); 1443 } 1444 1445 F.done(); 1446 } 1447 1448 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1449 /// have compatible owning modules. 1450 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1451 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1452 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1453 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1454 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1455 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1456 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1457 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1458 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1459 return false; 1460 } 1461 1462 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1463 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1464 if (NewM == OldM) 1465 return false; 1466 1467 // FIXME: Check proclaimed-ownership-declarations here too. 1468 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1469 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1470 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1471 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1472 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1473 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1474 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1475 << New 1476 << NewIsModuleInterface 1477 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1478 << OldIsModuleInterface 1479 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1480 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1481 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1482 return true; 1483 } 1484 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1489 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1490 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1491 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1492 } 1493 1494 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1495 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1496 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1497 while (F.hasNext()) 1498 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1499 F.erase(); 1500 1501 F.done(); 1502 } 1503 1504 /// Check for this common pattern: 1505 /// @code 1506 /// class S { 1507 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1508 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1509 /// }; 1510 /// @endcode 1511 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1512 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1513 // the decl here. 1514 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1515 return false; 1516 1517 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1518 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1519 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1520 } 1521 1522 // We need this to handle 1523 // 1524 // typedef struct { 1525 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1526 // } A; 1527 // 1528 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1529 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1530 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1531 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1532 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1533 // not. 1534 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1535 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1536 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1537 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1538 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1539 return true; 1540 } 1541 DC = DC->getParent(); 1542 } 1543 1544 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1545 } 1546 1547 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1548 // these semantics. 1549 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1550 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1551 return false; 1552 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1553 } 1554 1555 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1556 assert(D); 1557 1558 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1559 return false; 1560 1561 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1562 // of members of class templates. 1563 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1564 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1565 return false; 1566 1567 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1568 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1569 return false; 1570 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1571 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1572 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1573 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1574 return false; 1575 1576 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1577 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1578 return false; 1579 } else { 1580 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1581 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1582 return false; 1583 } 1584 1585 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1586 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1587 return false; 1588 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1589 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1590 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1591 // like "inline".) 1592 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1593 return false; 1594 1595 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1596 return false; 1597 1598 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1599 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1600 return false; 1601 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1602 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1603 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1604 return false; 1605 1606 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1607 return false; 1608 } else { 1609 return false; 1610 } 1611 1612 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1613 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1614 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1615 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1616 } 1617 1618 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1619 if (!D) 1620 return; 1621 1622 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1623 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1624 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1625 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1626 } 1627 1628 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1629 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1630 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1631 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1632 } 1633 1634 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1635 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1636 } 1637 1638 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1640 return false; 1641 1642 bool Referenced = false; 1643 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1644 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1645 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1646 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1647 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1648 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1649 Referenced = true; 1650 break; 1651 } 1652 } 1653 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1654 return false; 1655 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1656 Referenced = true; 1657 } 1658 1659 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1660 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1661 return false; 1662 1663 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1664 return true; 1665 1666 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1667 // functions. 1668 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1669 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1670 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1671 WithinFunction = 1672 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1673 if (!WithinFunction) 1674 return false; 1675 1676 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1677 return true; 1678 1679 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1680 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1681 return false; 1682 1683 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1684 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1685 1686 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1687 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1688 1689 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1690 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1691 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1692 return false; 1693 } 1694 1695 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1696 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1697 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1698 return false; 1699 1700 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1701 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1702 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1703 1704 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1705 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1706 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1707 return false; 1708 1709 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1710 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1711 return false; 1712 1713 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1714 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1715 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1716 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1717 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1718 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1719 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1720 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1721 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1722 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1723 return false; 1724 } 1725 } 1726 } 1727 } 1728 1729 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1730 } 1731 1732 return true; 1733 } 1734 1735 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1736 FixItHint &Hint) { 1737 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1738 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1739 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1740 true); 1741 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1742 return; 1743 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1744 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1745 } 1746 } 1747 1748 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1749 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1750 return; 1751 1752 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1753 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1754 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1755 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1756 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1757 } 1758 } 1759 1760 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1761 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1762 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1763 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1764 return; 1765 1766 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1767 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1768 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1769 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1770 return; 1771 } 1772 1773 FixItHint Hint; 1774 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1775 1776 unsigned DiagID; 1777 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1778 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1779 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1780 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1781 else 1782 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1783 1784 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1785 } 1786 1787 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1788 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1789 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1790 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1791 // MS inline assembly label name. 1792 bool Diagnose = false; 1793 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1794 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1795 else 1796 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1797 if (Diagnose) 1798 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1799 } 1800 1801 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1802 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1803 1804 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1805 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1806 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1807 1808 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1809 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1810 1811 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1812 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1813 1814 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1815 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1816 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1817 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1818 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1819 } 1820 1821 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1822 1823 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1824 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1825 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1826 1827 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1828 // already. 1829 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1830 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1831 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1832 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1833 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1834 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1835 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1836 } 1837 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1838 } 1839 } 1840 } 1841 1842 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1843 /// 1844 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1845 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1846 /// to the fixed name. 1847 /// 1848 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1849 /// 1850 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1851 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1852 /// 1853 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1854 /// class could not be found. 1855 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1856 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1857 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1858 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1859 // creation from this context. 1860 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1861 1862 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1863 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1864 // find an Objective-C class name. 1865 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1866 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1867 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1868 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1869 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1870 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1871 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1872 } 1873 } 1874 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1875 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1876 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1877 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1878 return Def; 1879 } 1880 1881 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1882 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1883 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1884 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1885 /// ill-formed in C++: 1886 /// @code 1887 /// struct S6 { 1888 /// enum { BAR } e; 1889 /// }; 1890 /// 1891 /// void test_S6() { 1892 /// struct S6 a; 1893 /// a.e = BAR; 1894 /// } 1895 /// @endcode 1896 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1897 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1898 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1899 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1900 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1901 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1902 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1903 /// contain non-field names. 1904 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1905 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1906 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1907 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1908 S = S->getParent(); 1909 return S; 1910 } 1911 1912 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1913 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1914 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1915 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1916 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1917 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1918 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1919 return; 1920 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1921 1922 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1923 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1924 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1925 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1926 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1927 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1928 } 1929 1930 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1931 switch (Error) { 1932 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1933 return ""; 1934 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1935 return "stdio.h"; 1936 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1937 return "setjmp.h"; 1938 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1939 return "ucontext.h"; 1940 } 1941 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1942 } 1943 1944 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1945 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1946 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1947 /// built-in. 1948 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1949 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1950 SourceLocation Loc) { 1951 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1952 1953 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1954 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1955 if (Error) { 1956 if (ForRedeclaration) 1957 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1958 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1959 return nullptr; 1960 } 1961 1962 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1963 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1964 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1965 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1966 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1967 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1968 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1969 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1970 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1971 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1972 } 1973 1974 if (R.isNull()) 1975 return nullptr; 1976 1977 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1979 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1980 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1981 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1982 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1983 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1984 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1985 } 1986 1987 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1988 Parent, 1989 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1990 SC_Extern, 1991 false, 1992 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1993 New->setImplicit(); 1994 1995 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1996 // FunctionDecl. 1997 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1998 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1999 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2000 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2001 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2002 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2003 SC_None, nullptr); 2004 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2005 Params.push_back(parm); 2006 } 2007 New->setParams(Params); 2008 } 2009 2010 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2011 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2012 2013 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2014 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2015 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2016 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2017 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2018 CurContext = Parent; 2019 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2020 CurContext = SavedContext; 2021 return New; 2022 } 2023 2024 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2025 /// entity if their types are the same. 2026 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2027 /// isSameEntity. 2028 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2029 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2030 LookupResult &Previous) { 2031 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2032 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2033 return; 2034 2035 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2036 if (Previous.empty()) 2037 return; 2038 2039 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2040 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2041 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2042 2043 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2044 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2045 continue; 2046 2047 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2048 // different linkages. 2049 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2050 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2051 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2052 continue; 2053 2054 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2055 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2056 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2057 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2058 continue; 2059 } 2060 2061 Filter.erase(); 2062 } 2063 2064 Filter.done(); 2065 } 2066 2067 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2068 QualType OldType; 2069 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2070 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2071 else 2072 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2073 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2074 2075 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2076 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2077 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2078 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2079 << Kind << NewType; 2080 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2081 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2082 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2083 return true; 2084 } 2085 2086 if (OldType != NewType && 2087 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2088 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2089 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2090 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2091 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2092 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2093 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2094 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2095 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2096 return true; 2097 } 2098 return false; 2099 } 2100 2101 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2102 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2103 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2104 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2105 /// 2106 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2107 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2108 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2109 // merging checks. 2110 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2111 2112 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2113 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2114 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2115 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2116 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2117 default: break; 2118 case 2: 2119 { 2120 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2121 break; 2122 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2123 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2124 break; 2125 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2126 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2127 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2128 break; 2129 } 2130 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2131 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2132 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2133 return; 2134 } 2135 case 5: 2136 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2137 break; 2138 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2139 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2140 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2141 return; 2142 case 3: 2143 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2144 break; 2145 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2146 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2147 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2148 return; 2149 } 2150 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2151 } 2152 2153 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2154 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2155 if (!Old) { 2156 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2157 << New->getDeclName(); 2158 2159 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2160 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2161 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2162 2163 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2164 } 2165 2166 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2167 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2168 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2169 2170 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2171 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2172 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2173 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2174 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2175 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2176 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2177 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2178 // instead of our tag. 2179 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2180 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2181 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2182 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2183 else 2184 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2185 2186 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2187 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2188 2189 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2190 // out of the scope. 2191 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2192 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2193 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2194 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2195 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2196 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2197 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2198 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2199 } 2200 } 2201 } 2202 } 2203 2204 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2205 // with any extensions enabled. 2206 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2207 return; 2208 2209 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2210 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2211 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2212 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2213 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2214 } 2215 2216 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2217 return; 2218 2219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2220 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2221 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2222 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2223 // to the type to which it already refers. 2224 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2225 return; 2226 2227 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2228 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2229 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2230 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2231 // 2232 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2233 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2234 // 2235 // struct S { 2236 // typedef struct A { } A; 2237 // }; 2238 // 2239 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2240 // allow the above but disallow 2241 // 2242 // struct S { 2243 // typedef int I; 2244 // typedef int I; 2245 // }; 2246 // 2247 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2248 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2249 return; 2250 2251 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2252 << New->getDeclName(); 2253 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2254 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2255 } 2256 2257 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2258 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2259 return; 2260 2261 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2262 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2263 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2264 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2265 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2266 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2267 (Old->isImplicit() || 2268 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2269 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2270 return; 2271 2272 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2273 << New->getDeclName(); 2274 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2275 } 2276 2277 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2278 /// attribute. 2279 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2280 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2281 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2282 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2283 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2284 if (Ann) { 2285 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2286 return true; 2287 continue; 2288 } 2289 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2290 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2291 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2292 return true; 2293 } 2294 2295 return false; 2296 } 2297 2298 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2299 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2300 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2301 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2302 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2303 return true; 2304 } 2305 2306 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2307 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2308 /// 2309 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2310 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2311 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2312 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2313 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2314 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2315 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2316 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2317 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2318 // in a case like: 2319 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2320 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2321 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2322 // definition in such a case. 2323 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2324 return false; 2325 2326 if (I->isAlignas()) 2327 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2328 2329 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2330 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2331 OldAlign = Align; 2332 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2337 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2338 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2339 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2340 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2341 return false; 2342 2343 if (I->isAlignas()) 2344 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2345 2346 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2347 if (Align > NewAlign) 2348 NewAlign = Align; 2349 } 2350 2351 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2352 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2353 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2354 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2355 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2356 2357 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2358 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2359 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2360 QualType Ty; 2361 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2362 Ty = VD->getType(); 2363 else 2364 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2365 2366 if (OldAlign == 0) 2367 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2368 if (NewAlign == 0) 2369 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2370 } 2371 2372 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2373 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2374 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2375 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2376 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2377 } 2378 } 2379 2380 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2381 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2382 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2383 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2384 // equivalent alignment. 2385 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2386 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2387 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2388 // have no alignment specifier. 2389 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2390 << OldAlignasAttr; 2391 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2392 << OldAlignasAttr; 2393 } 2394 2395 bool AnyAdded = false; 2396 2397 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2398 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2399 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2400 Clone->setInherited(true); 2401 New->addAttr(Clone); 2402 AnyAdded = true; 2403 } 2404 2405 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2406 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2407 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2408 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2409 Clone->setInherited(true); 2410 New->addAttr(Clone); 2411 AnyAdded = true; 2412 } 2413 2414 return AnyAdded; 2415 } 2416 2417 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2418 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2419 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2420 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2421 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2422 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2423 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2424 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2425 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2426 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2427 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2428 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2429 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2430 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2431 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2432 AA->getDeprecated(), 2433 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2434 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2435 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2436 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2437 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2438 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2439 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2440 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2441 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2442 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2443 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2444 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2445 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2446 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2447 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2448 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2449 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2450 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2451 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2452 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2453 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2454 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2455 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2456 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2457 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, CSA->getRange(), CSA->getName(), 2458 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2459 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2460 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2461 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2462 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2463 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2464 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2465 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2466 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2467 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2468 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2469 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2470 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2471 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2472 return false; 2473 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2474 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2475 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2476 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2477 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2478 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2479 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2480 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); 2481 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2482 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2483 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2484 NewAttr = nullptr; 2485 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2486 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2487 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2488 NewAttr = nullptr; 2489 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2490 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2491 UA->getGuid()); 2492 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2493 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2494 2495 if (NewAttr) { 2496 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2497 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2498 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2499 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2500 return true; 2501 } 2502 2503 return false; 2504 } 2505 2506 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2507 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2508 return TD->getDefinition(); 2509 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2510 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2511 if (Def) 2512 return Def; 2513 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2514 } 2515 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2516 return FD->getDefinition(); 2517 return nullptr; 2518 } 2519 2520 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2521 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2522 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2523 return true; 2524 return false; 2525 } 2526 2527 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2528 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2529 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2530 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2531 return; 2532 2533 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2534 if (!Def || Def == New) 2535 return; 2536 2537 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2538 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2539 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2540 2541 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2542 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2543 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2544 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2545 2546 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2547 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2548 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2549 --E; 2550 continue; 2551 } 2552 } else { 2553 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2554 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2555 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2556 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2557 : diag::err_redefinition; 2558 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2559 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2560 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2561 else 2562 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2563 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2564 } 2565 ++I; 2566 continue; 2567 } 2568 2569 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2570 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2571 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2572 ++I; 2573 continue; 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2578 ++I; 2579 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2580 } 2581 2582 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2583 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2584 ++I; 2585 continue; 2586 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2587 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2588 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2589 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2590 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2591 // equivalent alignment. 2592 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2593 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2594 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2595 // have no alignment specifier. 2596 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2597 << AA; 2598 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2599 << AA; 2600 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2601 --E; 2602 continue; 2603 } 2604 } 2605 2606 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2607 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2608 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2609 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2610 --E; 2611 } 2612 } 2613 2614 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2615 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2616 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2617 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2618 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2619 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2620 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2621 } 2622 2623 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2624 return; 2625 2626 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2627 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2628 2629 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2630 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2631 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2632 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2633 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2634 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2635 } 2636 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2637 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2638 // already been ODR-used. 2639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2640 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2641 } 2642 } 2643 2644 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2645 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2646 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2647 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2648 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2649 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2650 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2651 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2652 << NewTag; 2653 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2654 } 2655 } 2656 } else { 2657 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2658 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2659 } 2660 } 2661 2662 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2663 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2664 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2665 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2666 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2667 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2668 } 2669 } 2670 } 2671 2672 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2673 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2674 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2675 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2676 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2677 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2678 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2679 } 2680 2681 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2682 return; 2683 2684 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2685 2686 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2687 // we process them. 2688 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2689 2690 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2691 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2692 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2693 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2694 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2695 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2696 switch (AMK) { 2697 case AMK_None: 2698 continue; 2699 2700 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2701 case AMK_Override: 2702 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2703 LocalAMK = AMK; 2704 break; 2705 } 2706 } 2707 2708 // Already handled. 2709 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2710 continue; 2711 2712 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2713 foundAny = true; 2714 } 2715 2716 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2717 foundAny = true; 2718 2719 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2720 } 2721 2722 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2723 /// to the new one. 2724 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2725 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2726 Sema &S) { 2727 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2728 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2729 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2730 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2731 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2732 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2733 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2734 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2735 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2736 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2737 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2738 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2739 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2740 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2741 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2742 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2743 } 2744 2745 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2746 return; 2747 2748 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2749 2750 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2751 // done before we process them. 2752 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2753 2754 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2755 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2756 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2757 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2758 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2759 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2760 foundAny = true; 2761 } 2762 } 2763 2764 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2765 } 2766 2767 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2768 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2769 Sema &S) { 2770 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2771 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2772 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2773 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2774 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2775 *Newnullability, 2776 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2777 != 0)) 2778 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2779 *Oldnullability, 2780 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2781 != 0)); 2782 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2783 } 2784 } else { 2785 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2786 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2787 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2788 NewT, NewT); 2789 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2790 } 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 namespace { 2795 2796 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2797 /// C. 2798 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2799 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2800 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2801 QualType PromotedType; 2802 }; 2803 2804 } // end anonymous namespace 2805 2806 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2807 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2808 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2809 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2810 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2811 2812 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2813 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2814 2815 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2816 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2817 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2818 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2819 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2820 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2821 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2822 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2823 } 2824 2825 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2826 } 2827 2828 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2829 // declaration, or a declaration. 2830 template <typename T> 2831 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2832 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2833 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2834 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2835 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2836 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2837 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2838 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2839 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2840 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2841 } else 2842 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2843 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2844 } 2845 2846 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2847 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2848 /// GNU89 mode. 2849 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2850 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2851 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2852 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2853 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2854 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2855 } 2856 2857 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2858 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2859 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2860 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2861 return AT; 2862 } 2863 2864 template <typename T> 2865 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2866 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2867 if (DC->isRecord()) 2868 return false; 2869 2870 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2871 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2872 return true; 2873 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2874 return true; 2875 return false; 2876 } 2877 2878 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2879 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2880 2881 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2882 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2883 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2884 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2885 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2886 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2887 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2888 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2889 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2890 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2891 // and function templates; or 2892 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2893 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2894 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2895 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2896 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2897 2898 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2899 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2900 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2901 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2902 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2903 2904 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2905 if (Old && 2906 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2907 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2908 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2909 Old = nullptr; 2910 2911 if (!Old) { 2912 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2913 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2914 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2915 return true; 2916 } 2917 return false; 2918 } 2919 2920 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2921 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2922 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2923 2924 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2925 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2926 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2927 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2928 return true; 2929 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2930 }; 2931 2932 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2933 } 2934 2935 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 2936 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 2937 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 2938 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 2939 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 2940 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 2941 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 2942 // 2943 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 2944 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 2945 // 2946 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 2947 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 2948 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 2949 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 2950 return; 2951 2952 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 2953 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2954 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2955 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 2956 return; 2957 2958 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 2959 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 2960 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 2961 2962 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2963 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 2964 if (!D) 2965 return; 2966 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 2967 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 2968 }; 2969 2970 FixSemaDC(NewD); 2971 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 2972 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 2973 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 2974 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 2975 } 2976 2977 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2978 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2979 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2980 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2981 /// 2982 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2983 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2984 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2985 /// merged with. 2986 /// 2987 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2988 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2989 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2990 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2991 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2992 if (!Old) { 2993 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2994 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2995 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2996 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2997 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2998 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2999 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3000 return true; 3001 } 3002 3003 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3004 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3005 return true; 3006 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3007 } else { 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3009 << New->getDeclName(); 3010 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3011 return true; 3012 } 3013 } 3014 3015 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3016 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3017 return true; 3018 3019 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3020 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3021 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3022 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3023 << Old << Old->getType(); 3024 return true; 3025 } 3026 3027 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3028 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3029 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3030 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3031 3032 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3033 // is an extern inline function. 3034 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3035 // storage classes. 3036 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3037 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3038 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3039 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3040 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3041 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3042 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3043 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3044 } else { 3045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3046 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3047 return true; 3048 } 3049 } 3050 3051 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3052 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3053 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3054 << New->getDeclName(); 3055 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3056 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3057 } 3058 3059 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3060 return true; 3061 3062 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3063 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3064 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3065 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3066 << New << OldOvl; 3067 3068 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3069 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3070 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3071 // 3072 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3073 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3074 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3075 if (OldOvl) { 3076 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3077 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3078 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3079 }); 3080 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3081 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3082 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3083 } 3084 3085 if (DiagOld) 3086 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3087 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3088 << OldOvl; 3089 3090 if (OldOvl) 3091 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3092 else 3093 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3094 } 3095 } 3096 3097 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3098 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3099 // convention of the first. 3100 // 3101 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3102 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3103 // 3104 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3105 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3106 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3107 // 3108 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3109 // other tests to run. 3110 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3111 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3112 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3113 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3114 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3115 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3116 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3117 3118 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3119 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3120 const FunctionType *FT = 3121 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3122 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3123 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3124 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3125 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3126 // there but not here. 3127 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3128 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3129 } else { 3130 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3131 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3133 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3134 << !FirstCCExplicit 3135 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3136 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3137 3138 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3139 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3140 return true; 3141 } 3142 } 3143 3144 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3145 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3146 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3147 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3148 } 3149 3150 // Merge regparm attribute. 3151 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3152 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3153 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3154 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3155 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3156 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3157 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3158 return true; 3159 } 3160 3161 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3162 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3163 } 3164 3165 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3166 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3167 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3169 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3170 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3171 return true; 3172 } 3173 3174 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3175 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3176 } 3177 3178 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3179 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3180 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3181 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3182 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3183 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3184 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3185 return true; 3186 } 3187 3188 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3189 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3190 } 3191 3192 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3193 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3194 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3195 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3196 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3197 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3198 } 3199 3200 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3201 // UndefinedButUsed. 3202 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3203 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3204 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3205 Old->isUsed(false) && 3206 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3207 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3208 SourceLocation())); 3209 3210 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3211 // about it. 3212 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3213 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3214 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3215 } 3216 3217 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3218 // redeclaration. 3219 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3220 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3221 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3222 << New->getDeclName(); 3223 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3224 return true; 3225 } 3226 3227 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3228 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3229 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3230 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3231 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3232 3233 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3234 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3235 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3236 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3237 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3238 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3239 return true; 3240 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3241 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3242 3243 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3244 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3245 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3246 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3247 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3248 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3249 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3250 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3251 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3252 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3253 QualType ResQT; 3254 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3255 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3256 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3257 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3258 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3259 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3260 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3261 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3262 else 3263 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3264 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3265 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3266 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3267 return true; 3268 } 3269 else 3270 NewQType = ResQT; 3271 } 3272 3273 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3274 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3275 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3276 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3277 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3278 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3279 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3280 New->setType( 3281 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3282 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3283 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3284 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3285 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3286 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3287 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3288 } 3289 } 3290 3291 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3292 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3293 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3294 // Preserve triviality. 3295 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3296 3297 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3298 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3299 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3300 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3301 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3302 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3303 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3304 3305 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3306 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3307 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3308 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3309 // is a static member function declaration. 3310 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3311 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3312 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3313 return true; 3314 } 3315 3316 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3317 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3318 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3319 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3320 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3321 unsigned NewDiag; 3322 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3323 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3324 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3325 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3326 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3327 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3328 else 3329 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3330 3331 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3332 } else { 3333 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3334 << New << New->getType(); 3335 } 3336 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3337 return true; 3338 3339 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3340 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3341 // 3342 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3343 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3344 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3345 if (isFriend) { 3346 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3347 } else { 3348 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3349 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3350 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3351 return true; 3352 } 3353 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3354 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3355 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3356 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3357 return true; 3358 } 3359 } 3360 3361 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3362 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3363 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3364 // attribute. 3365 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3366 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3367 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3368 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3369 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3370 } 3371 3372 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3373 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3374 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3375 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3376 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3377 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3378 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3379 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3380 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3381 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3382 } 3383 3384 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3385 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3386 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3387 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3388 3389 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3390 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3391 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3392 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3393 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3394 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3395 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3396 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3397 } 3398 3399 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3400 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3401 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3402 // 3403 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3404 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3405 // linkage within class scope. 3406 // 3407 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3408 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3409 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3410 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3411 } else { 3412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3413 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3414 return true; 3415 } 3416 } 3417 3418 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3419 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3420 3421 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3422 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3423 // during instantiation. 3424 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3425 return false; 3426 3427 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3428 } 3429 3430 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3431 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3432 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3433 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3434 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3435 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3436 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3437 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3438 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3439 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3440 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3441 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3442 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3443 NewQType = 3444 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3445 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3446 New->setType(NewQType); 3447 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3448 3449 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3450 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3451 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3452 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3453 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3454 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3455 SC_None, nullptr); 3456 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3457 Param->setImplicit(); 3458 Params.push_back(Param); 3459 } 3460 3461 New->setParams(Params); 3462 } 3463 3464 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3465 } 3466 3467 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3468 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3469 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3470 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3471 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3472 // the prototype. 3473 // 3474 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3475 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3476 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3477 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3478 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3479 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3480 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3481 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3482 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3483 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3484 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3485 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3486 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3487 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3488 3489 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3490 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3491 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3492 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3493 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3494 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3495 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3496 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3497 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3498 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3499 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3500 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3501 NewParm->getType(), 3502 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3503 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3504 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3505 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3506 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3507 } else 3508 LooseCompatible = false; 3509 } 3510 3511 if (LooseCompatible) { 3512 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3513 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3514 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3515 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3516 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3517 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3518 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3519 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3520 } 3521 3522 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3523 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3524 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3525 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3526 } 3527 3528 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3529 } 3530 3531 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3532 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3533 3534 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3535 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3536 unsigned BuiltinID; 3537 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3538 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3539 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3540 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3541 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3542 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3543 << Old << Old->getType(); 3544 3545 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3546 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3547 // 3548 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3549 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3550 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3551 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3552 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3553 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3554 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3555 3556 return false; 3557 } 3558 3559 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3560 } 3561 3562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3563 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3564 return true; 3565 } 3566 3567 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3568 /// known to be compatible. 3569 /// 3570 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3571 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3572 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3573 /// redeclaration of Old. 3574 /// 3575 /// \returns false 3576 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3577 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3578 // Merge the attributes 3579 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3580 3581 // Merge "pure" flag. 3582 if (Old->isPure()) 3583 New->setPure(); 3584 3585 // Merge "used" flag. 3586 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3587 New->setIsUsed(); 3588 3589 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3590 // declarations. 3591 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3592 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3593 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3594 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3595 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3596 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3597 } 3598 3599 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3600 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3601 3602 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3603 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3604 // was visible. 3605 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3606 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3607 New->setType(Merged); 3608 3609 return false; 3610 } 3611 3612 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3613 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3614 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3615 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3616 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3617 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3618 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3619 : AMK_Override; 3620 3621 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3622 3623 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3624 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3625 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3626 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3627 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3628 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3629 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3630 3631 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3632 } 3633 3634 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3635 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3636 3637 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3638 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3639 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3640 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3641 3642 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3643 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3644 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3645 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3646 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3647 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3648 } 3649 3650 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3651 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3652 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3653 /// 3654 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3655 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3656 /// is attached. 3657 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3658 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3659 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3660 return; 3661 3662 QualType MergedT; 3663 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3664 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3665 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3666 return; 3667 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3668 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3669 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3670 } 3671 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3672 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3673 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3674 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3675 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3676 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3677 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3678 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3679 3680 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3681 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3682 // mismatch. 3683 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3684 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3685 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3686 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3687 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3688 continue; 3689 3690 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3691 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3692 } 3693 } 3694 3695 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3696 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3697 NewArray->getElementType())) 3698 MergedT = New->getType(); 3699 } 3700 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3701 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3702 // visible. 3703 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3704 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3705 NewArray->getElementType())) 3706 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3707 } 3708 } 3709 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3710 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3711 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3712 Old->getType()); 3713 } 3714 } else { 3715 // C 6.2.7p2: 3716 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3717 // compatible type. 3718 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3719 } 3720 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3721 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3722 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3723 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3724 // equivalent. 3725 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3726 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3727 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3728 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3729 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3730 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3731 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3732 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3733 return; 3734 } 3735 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3736 } 3737 3738 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3739 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3740 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3741 New->setType(MergedT); 3742 } 3743 3744 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3745 LookupResult &Previous) { 3746 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3747 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3748 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3749 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3750 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3751 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3752 // 3753 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3754 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3755 return false; 3756 3757 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3758 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3759 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3760 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3761 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3762 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3763 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3764 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3765 } else { 3766 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3767 // type unless we're in the same function. 3768 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3769 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3770 } 3771 } 3772 3773 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3774 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3775 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3776 /// 3777 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3778 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3779 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3780 /// 3781 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3782 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3783 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3784 return; 3785 3786 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3787 return; 3788 3789 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3790 3791 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3792 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3793 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3794 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3795 if (NewTemplate) { 3796 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3797 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3798 3799 if (auto *Shadow = 3800 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3801 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3802 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3803 } else { 3804 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3805 3806 if (auto *Shadow = 3807 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3808 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3809 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3810 } 3811 } 3812 if (!Old) { 3813 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3814 << New->getDeclName(); 3815 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3816 New->getLocation()); 3817 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3818 } 3819 3820 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3821 if (NewTemplate && 3822 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3823 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3824 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3825 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3826 3827 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3828 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3829 // 3830 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3831 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3832 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3833 << New->getIdentifier(); 3834 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3835 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3836 } 3837 3838 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3839 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3840 // declaration 3841 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3842 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3843 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3844 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3845 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3846 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3847 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3848 } 3849 3850 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3851 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3852 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3853 << New->getDeclName(); 3854 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3855 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3856 } 3857 3858 // Merge the types. 3859 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3860 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3861 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3862 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3863 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3864 return; 3865 } 3866 3867 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3868 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3869 return; 3870 3871 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3872 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3873 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3874 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3875 3876 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3877 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3878 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3879 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3880 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3881 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3882 << New->getDeclName(); 3883 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3884 } else { 3885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3886 << New->getDeclName(); 3887 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3888 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3889 } 3890 } 3891 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3892 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3893 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3894 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3895 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3896 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3897 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3898 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3899 // identifier has external linkage. 3900 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3901 /* Okay */; 3902 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3903 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3904 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3905 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3906 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3907 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3908 } 3909 3910 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3911 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3912 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3914 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3915 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3916 } 3917 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3918 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3920 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3921 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3922 } 3923 3924 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3925 return; 3926 3927 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3928 3929 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3930 // need to check for mismatches. 3931 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3932 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3933 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3934 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3936 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3937 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3938 } 3939 3940 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3941 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3942 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3943 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3944 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3946 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3947 } 3948 } 3949 3950 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 3951 // UndefinedButUsed. 3952 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3953 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3954 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3955 SourceLocation())); 3956 3957 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3958 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3960 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3961 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3963 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3964 } else { 3965 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3966 // static and dynamic initialization. 3967 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3968 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3970 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3971 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3972 } 3973 } 3974 3975 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3976 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3977 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3978 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3979 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3980 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3981 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3982 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3983 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3984 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3985 return; 3986 } 3987 } 3988 3989 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3990 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3991 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3992 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3993 return; 3994 } 3995 3996 // Merge "used" flag. 3997 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3998 New->setIsUsed(); 3999 4000 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4001 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4002 if (NewTemplate) 4003 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4004 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4005 4006 // Inherit access appropriately. 4007 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4008 if (NewTemplate) 4009 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4010 4011 if (Old->isInline()) 4012 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4013 } 4014 4015 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4016 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4017 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4018 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4019 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4020 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4021 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4022 StringRef HdrFilename = 4023 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4024 4025 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4026 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4027 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4028 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4029 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4030 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4031 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4032 if (Mod) { 4033 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4034 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4035 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4036 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4037 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4038 } else { 4039 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4040 << HdrFilename.str(); 4041 } 4042 return true; 4043 } 4044 4045 return false; 4046 }; 4047 4048 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4049 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4050 bool EmittedDiag = false; 4051 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4052 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4053 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4054 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4055 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4056 4057 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4058 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4059 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4060 4061 if (EmittedDiag) 4062 return; 4063 } 4064 4065 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4066 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4067 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4068 } 4069 4070 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4071 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4072 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4073 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4074 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4075 New->isInline() || 4076 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4077 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4078 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4079 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4080 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4081 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4082 4083 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4084 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4085 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4086 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4087 return false; 4088 } else { 4089 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4090 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4091 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4092 return true; 4093 } 4094 } 4095 4096 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4097 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4098 Decl * 4099 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4100 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4101 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4102 AnonRecord); 4103 } 4104 4105 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4106 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4107 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4108 // compatibility. 4109 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4110 // targeted. 4111 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4112 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4113 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4114 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4115 } 4116 4117 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4118 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4119 return; 4120 4121 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4122 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4123 // it is anonymous. 4124 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4125 return; 4126 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4127 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4128 Context.setManglingNumber( 4129 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4130 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4131 return; 4132 } 4133 4134 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4135 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4136 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4137 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4138 Context.setManglingNumber( 4139 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4140 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4141 } 4142 } 4143 4144 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4145 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4146 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4147 return; 4148 4149 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4150 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4151 return; 4152 4153 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4154 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4155 4156 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4157 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4158 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4160 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4161 return; 4162 } 4163 4164 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4165 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4166 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4167 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4168 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4169 // for how to handle it. 4170 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4171 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4172 4173 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4174 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4175 4176 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4177 textToInsert += ' '; 4178 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4179 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4180 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4181 return; 4182 } 4183 4184 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4185 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4186 } 4187 4188 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4189 switch (T) { 4190 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4191 return 0; 4192 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4193 return 1; 4194 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4195 return 2; 4196 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4197 return 3; 4198 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4199 return 4; 4200 default: 4201 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4202 } 4203 } 4204 4205 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4206 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4207 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4208 Decl * 4209 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4210 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4211 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4212 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4213 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4214 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4215 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4216 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4217 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4218 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4219 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4220 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4221 4222 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4223 return nullptr; 4224 4225 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4226 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4227 // it's a Type. 4228 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4229 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4230 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4231 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4232 } 4233 4234 if (Tag) { 4235 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4236 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4237 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4238 return Tag; 4239 } 4240 4241 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4242 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4243 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4244 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4245 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4246 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4247 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4248 } 4249 4250 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4251 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4252 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4253 4254 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4255 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4256 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4257 if (Tag) 4258 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4259 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4260 else 4261 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4262 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4263 return TagD; 4264 } 4265 4266 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4267 4268 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4269 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4270 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4271 if (TagD && !Tag) 4272 return nullptr; 4273 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4274 } 4275 4276 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4277 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4278 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4279 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4280 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4281 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4282 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4283 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4284 // or an explicit specialization. 4285 // 4286 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4287 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4288 // 4289 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4290 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4291 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4292 return nullptr; 4293 } 4294 4295 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4296 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4297 4298 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4299 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4300 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4301 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4302 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4303 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4304 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4305 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4306 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4307 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4308 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4309 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4310 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4311 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4312 AnonRecord = Record; 4313 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4314 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4315 } 4316 4317 DeclaresAnything = false; 4318 } 4319 } 4320 4321 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4322 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4323 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4324 // 4325 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4326 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4327 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4328 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4329 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4330 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4331 // struct STRUCT; 4332 // union UNION; 4333 // and 4334 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4335 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4336 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4337 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4338 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4339 if (Tag) 4340 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4341 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4342 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4343 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4344 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4345 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4346 4347 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4348 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4349 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4350 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4351 } 4352 4353 DeclaresAnything = false; 4354 } 4355 } 4356 4357 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4358 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4359 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4360 return TagD; 4361 4362 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4363 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4364 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4365 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4366 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4367 DeclaresAnything = false; 4368 4369 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4370 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4371 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4372 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4373 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4374 else 4375 DeclaresAnything = false; 4376 } 4377 4378 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4379 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4380 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4381 << Tag->getTagKind() 4382 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4383 4384 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4385 4386 // C 6.7/2: 4387 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4388 // or the members of an enumeration. 4389 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4390 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4391 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4392 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4393 // previous declaration. 4394 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4395 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4396 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4397 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4398 return TagD; 4399 } 4400 4401 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4402 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4403 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4404 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4405 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4406 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4407 // 4408 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4409 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4411 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4412 4413 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4414 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4415 // useless. 4416 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4417 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4418 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4419 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4420 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4421 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4422 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4423 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4424 } 4425 4426 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4427 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4428 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4429 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4430 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4431 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4432 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4433 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4434 // Restrict is covered above. 4435 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4436 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4437 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4438 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4439 } 4440 4441 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4442 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4443 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4444 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4445 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4446 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4447 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4448 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4449 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4450 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4451 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4452 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4453 << AL.getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4454 } 4455 } 4456 4457 return TagD; 4458 } 4459 4460 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4461 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4462 /// 4463 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4464 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4465 Scope *S, 4466 DeclContext *Owner, 4467 DeclarationName Name, 4468 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4469 bool IsUnion) { 4470 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4471 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4472 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4473 4474 // Pick a representative declaration. 4475 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4476 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4477 4478 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4479 return false; 4480 4481 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4482 << IsUnion << Name; 4483 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4484 4485 return true; 4486 } 4487 4488 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4489 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4490 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4491 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4492 /// struct, e.g., 4493 /// 4494 /// @code 4495 /// union { 4496 /// int i; 4497 /// float f; 4498 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4499 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4500 /// @endcode 4501 /// 4502 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4503 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4504 static bool 4505 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4506 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4507 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4508 bool Invalid = false; 4509 4510 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4511 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4512 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4513 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4514 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4515 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4516 VD->getLocation(), 4517 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4518 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4519 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4520 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4521 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4522 Invalid = true; 4523 } else { 4524 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4525 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4526 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4527 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4528 // anonymous union is declared. 4529 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4530 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4531 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4532 else 4533 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4534 4535 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4536 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4537 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4538 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4539 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4540 4541 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4542 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4543 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4544 4545 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4546 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4547 4548 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4549 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4550 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4551 4552 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4553 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4554 4555 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4556 } 4557 } 4558 } 4559 4560 return Invalid; 4561 } 4562 4563 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4564 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4565 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4566 static StorageClass 4567 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4568 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4569 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4570 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4571 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4572 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4573 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4574 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4575 return SC_None; 4576 return SC_Extern; 4577 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4578 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4579 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4580 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4581 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4582 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4583 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4584 } 4585 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4586 } 4587 4588 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4589 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4590 4591 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4592 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4593 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4594 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4595 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4596 return FD->getLocation(); 4597 } 4598 4599 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4600 } 4601 4602 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4603 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4604 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4605 return; 4606 4607 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4608 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4609 } 4610 4611 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4612 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4613 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4614 return; 4615 4616 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4617 } 4618 4619 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4620 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4621 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4622 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4623 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4624 AccessSpecifier AS, 4625 RecordDecl *Record, 4626 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4627 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4628 4629 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4630 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4631 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4632 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4633 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4634 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4635 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4636 4637 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4638 // structs/unions. 4639 bool Invalid = false; 4640 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4641 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4642 unsigned DiagID; 4643 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4644 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4645 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4646 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4647 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4648 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4649 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4650 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4651 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4652 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4653 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4654 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4655 4656 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4657 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4658 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4659 } 4660 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4661 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4662 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4663 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4664 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4665 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4666 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4667 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4668 4669 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4670 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4671 SourceLocation(), 4672 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4673 } 4674 } 4675 4676 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4677 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4678 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4679 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4680 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4681 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4682 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4683 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4684 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4685 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4687 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4688 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4689 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4690 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4692 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4693 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4694 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4695 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4697 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4698 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4699 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4700 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4702 4703 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4704 } 4705 4706 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4707 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4708 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4709 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4710 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4711 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4712 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4713 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4714 // members (clause 11). 4715 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4716 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4717 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4718 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4719 Invalid = true; 4720 } 4721 4722 // C++ [class.union]p1 4723 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4724 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4725 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4726 // array of such objects. 4727 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4728 Invalid = true; 4729 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4730 // Any implicit members are fine. 4731 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4732 // This is a type that showed up in an 4733 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4734 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4735 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4736 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4737 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4738 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4739 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4740 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4741 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4742 << Record->isUnion(); 4743 else { 4744 // This is a nested type declaration. 4745 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4746 << Record->isUnion(); 4747 Invalid = true; 4748 } 4749 } else { 4750 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4751 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4752 // not part of standard C++. 4753 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4754 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4755 << Record->isUnion(); 4756 } 4757 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4758 // Any access specifier is fine. 4759 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4760 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4761 } else { 4762 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4763 // member. Complain about it. 4764 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4765 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4766 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4767 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4768 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4769 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4770 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4771 4772 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4773 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4774 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4775 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4776 << Record->isUnion(); 4777 else { 4778 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4779 Invalid = true; 4780 } 4781 } 4782 } 4783 4784 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4785 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4786 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4787 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4788 Owner->isRecord()) 4789 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4790 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4791 } 4792 4793 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4794 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4795 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4796 Invalid = true; 4797 } 4798 4799 // Mock up a declarator. 4800 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 4801 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4802 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4803 4804 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4805 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4806 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4807 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 4808 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 4809 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 4810 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4811 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4812 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4813 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4814 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4815 } else { 4816 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4817 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4818 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4819 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4820 // an error here 4821 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4822 Invalid = true; 4823 SC = SC_None; 4824 } 4825 4826 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 4827 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4828 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 4829 4830 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4831 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4832 // initializer: 4833 // union { int n = 0; }; 4834 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4835 } 4836 Anon->setImplicit(); 4837 4838 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4839 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4840 4841 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4842 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4843 // its members. 4844 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4845 4846 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4847 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4848 // purposes. 4849 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4850 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4851 4852 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4853 Invalid = true; 4854 4855 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4856 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4857 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4858 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4859 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4860 Context.setManglingNumber( 4861 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4862 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4863 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4864 } 4865 } 4866 } 4867 4868 if (Invalid) 4869 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4870 4871 return Anon; 4872 } 4873 4874 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4875 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4876 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4877 /// Example: 4878 /// 4879 /// struct A { int a; }; 4880 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4881 /// 4882 /// void foo() { 4883 /// B var; 4884 /// var.a = 3; 4885 /// } 4886 /// 4887 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4888 RecordDecl *Record) { 4889 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4890 4891 // Mock up a declarator. 4892 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 4893 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4894 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4895 4896 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4897 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4898 4899 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4900 NamedDecl *Anon = 4901 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 4902 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 4903 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4904 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4905 Anon->setImplicit(); 4906 4907 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4908 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4909 4910 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4911 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4912 // purposes. 4913 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4914 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4915 4916 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4917 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4918 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4919 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4920 AS_none, Chain)) { 4921 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4922 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4923 } 4924 4925 return Anon; 4926 } 4927 4928 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4929 /// given Declarator. 4930 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4931 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4932 } 4933 4934 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4935 DeclarationNameInfo 4936 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4937 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4938 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4939 4940 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4941 4942 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4943 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 4944 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4945 return NameInfo; 4946 4947 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4948 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4949 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4950 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4951 // of the simple-template-id. 4952 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4953 // class template. 4954 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4955 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4956 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4957 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4958 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4959 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4960 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4961 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4962 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4963 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4964 if (Template) 4965 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4966 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4967 } 4968 4969 NameInfo.setName( 4970 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4971 return NameInfo; 4972 } 4973 4974 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4975 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4976 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4977 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4978 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4979 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4980 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4981 return NameInfo; 4982 4983 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4984 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4985 Name.Identifier)); 4986 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4987 return NameInfo; 4988 4989 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4990 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4991 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4992 if (Ty.isNull()) 4993 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4994 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4995 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4996 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4997 return NameInfo; 4998 } 4999 5000 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5001 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5002 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5003 if (Ty.isNull()) 5004 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5005 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5006 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5007 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5008 return NameInfo; 5009 } 5010 5011 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5012 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5013 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5014 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5015 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5016 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5017 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5018 5019 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5020 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5021 5022 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5023 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5024 // was qualified. 5025 5026 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5027 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5028 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5029 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5030 return NameInfo; 5031 } 5032 5033 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5034 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5035 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5036 if (Ty.isNull()) 5037 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5038 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5039 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5040 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5041 return NameInfo; 5042 } 5043 5044 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5045 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5046 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5047 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5048 } 5049 5050 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5051 5052 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5053 } 5054 5055 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5056 do { 5057 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5058 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5059 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5060 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5061 else 5062 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5063 } while (true); 5064 } 5065 5066 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5067 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5068 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5069 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5070 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5071 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5072 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5073 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5074 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5075 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5076 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5077 Params.clear(); 5078 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5079 return false; 5080 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5081 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5082 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5083 5084 // The parameter types are identical 5085 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5086 continue; 5087 5088 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5089 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5090 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5091 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5092 5093 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5094 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5095 Params.push_back(Idx); 5096 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5097 return false; 5098 } 5099 5100 return true; 5101 } 5102 5103 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5104 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5105 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5106 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5107 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5108 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5109 DeclarationName Name) { 5110 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5111 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5112 // - types which will become injected class names 5113 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5114 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5115 // few cases here. 5116 5117 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5118 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5119 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5120 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5121 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5122 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5123 // Grab the type from the parser. 5124 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5125 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5126 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5127 5128 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5129 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5130 // attached already. 5131 if (!TSI) 5132 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5133 5134 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5135 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5136 if (!TSI) return true; 5137 5138 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5139 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5140 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5141 break; 5142 } 5143 5144 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5145 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5146 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5147 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5148 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5149 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5150 break; 5151 } 5152 5153 default: 5154 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5155 break; 5156 } 5157 5158 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5159 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5160 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5161 5162 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5163 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5164 // pointer. 5165 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5166 continue; 5167 5168 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5169 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5170 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5171 return true; 5172 } 5173 5174 return false; 5175 } 5176 5177 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5178 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5179 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5180 5181 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5182 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5183 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5184 5185 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5186 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5187 5188 return Dcl; 5189 } 5190 5191 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5192 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5193 /// name different from T: 5194 /// - every static data member of class T; 5195 /// - every member function of class T 5196 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5197 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5198 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5199 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5200 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5201 5202 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5203 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5204 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5205 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5206 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5207 return true; 5208 } 5209 5210 return false; 5211 } 5212 5213 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5214 /// nested-name-specifier. 5215 /// 5216 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5217 /// 5218 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5219 /// resolves. 5220 /// 5221 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5222 /// 5223 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5224 /// 5225 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5226 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5227 /// 5228 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5229 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5230 DeclarationName Name, 5231 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5232 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5233 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5234 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5235 5236 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5237 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5238 // 5239 // class X { 5240 // void X::f(); 5241 // }; 5242 // 5243 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5244 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5245 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5246 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5247 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5248 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5249 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5250 SS.clear(); 5251 } else { 5252 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5253 } 5254 return false; 5255 } 5256 5257 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5258 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5259 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5260 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5261 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5262 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5263 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5264 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5265 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5266 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5267 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5268 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5269 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5270 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5272 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5273 else 5274 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5275 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5276 5277 return true; 5278 } 5279 5280 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5281 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5283 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5284 SS.clear(); 5285 5286 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5287 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5288 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5289 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5290 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5291 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5292 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5293 return true; 5294 5295 return false; 5296 } 5297 5298 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5299 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5300 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5301 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5302 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5303 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5304 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5305 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5307 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5308 5309 return false; 5310 } 5311 5312 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5313 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5314 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5315 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5316 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5317 5318 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5319 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5320 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5321 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5322 } else if (!Name) { 5323 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5325 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5326 return nullptr; 5327 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5328 return nullptr; 5329 5330 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5331 // we find one that is. 5332 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5333 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5334 S = S->getParent(); 5335 5336 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5337 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5338 D.setInvalidType(); 5339 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5340 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5341 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5342 return nullptr; 5343 5344 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5345 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5346 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5347 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5348 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5349 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5350 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5352 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5353 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5354 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5355 return nullptr; 5356 } 5357 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5358 5359 if (!IsDependentContext && 5360 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5361 return nullptr; 5362 5363 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5364 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5365 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5366 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5367 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5368 return nullptr; 5369 } 5370 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5371 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5372 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5373 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5374 if (DC->isRecord()) 5375 return nullptr; 5376 5377 D.setInvalidType(); 5378 } 5379 } 5380 5381 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5382 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5383 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5384 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5385 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5386 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5387 D.setInvalidType(); 5388 } 5389 } 5390 5391 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5392 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5393 5394 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5395 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5396 D.setInvalidType(); 5397 5398 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5399 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5400 5401 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5402 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5403 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5404 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5405 5406 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5407 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5408 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5409 // 5410 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5411 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5412 // the same name. 5413 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5414 /* Do nothing*/; 5415 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5416 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5417 R->isFunctionType())) { 5418 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5419 CreateBuiltins = 5420 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5421 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5422 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5423 CreateBuiltins = true; 5424 5425 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5426 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5427 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5428 } 5429 5430 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5431 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5432 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5433 5434 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5435 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5436 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5437 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5438 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5439 // thereof; [...] 5440 // 5441 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5442 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5443 // we want to match. For example, given: 5444 // 5445 // class X { 5446 // void f(); 5447 // void f(float); 5448 // }; 5449 // 5450 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5451 // 5452 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5453 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5454 // matches. 5455 5456 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5457 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5458 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5459 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5460 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5461 } 5462 5463 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5464 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5465 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5466 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5467 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5468 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5469 5470 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5471 Previous.clear(); 5472 } 5473 5474 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5475 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5476 Previous.clear(); 5477 5478 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5479 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5480 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5481 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5482 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5483 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5484 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5485 Previous.clear(); 5486 5487 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5488 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5489 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5490 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5491 5492 NamedDecl *New; 5493 5494 bool AddToScope = true; 5495 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5496 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5497 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5498 return nullptr; 5499 } 5500 5501 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5502 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5503 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5504 TemplateParamLists, 5505 AddToScope); 5506 } else { 5507 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5508 AddToScope); 5509 } 5510 5511 if (!New) 5512 return nullptr; 5513 5514 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5515 // add it to the scope stack. 5516 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5517 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5518 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5519 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5520 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5521 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5522 if (!AddToContext) 5523 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5524 } 5525 5526 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5527 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5528 5529 return New; 5530 } 5531 5532 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5533 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5534 /// GCC compatibility). 5535 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5536 ASTContext &Context, 5537 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5538 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5539 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5540 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5541 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5542 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5543 SizeIsNegative = false; 5544 Oversized = 0; 5545 5546 if (T->isDependentType()) 5547 return QualType(); 5548 5549 QualifierCollector Qs; 5550 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5551 5552 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5553 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5554 QualType FixedType = 5555 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5556 Oversized); 5557 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5558 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5559 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5560 } 5561 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5562 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5563 QualType FixedType = 5564 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5565 Oversized); 5566 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5567 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5568 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5569 } 5570 5571 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5572 if (!VLATy) 5573 return QualType(); 5574 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5575 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5576 return QualType(); 5577 5578 llvm::APSInt Res; 5579 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5580 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5581 return QualType(); 5582 5583 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5584 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5585 SizeIsNegative = true; 5586 return QualType(); 5587 } 5588 5589 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5590 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5591 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5592 Res); 5593 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5594 Oversized = Res; 5595 return QualType(); 5596 } 5597 5598 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5599 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5600 } 5601 5602 static void 5603 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5604 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5605 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5606 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5607 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5608 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5609 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5610 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5611 return; 5612 } 5613 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5614 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5615 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5616 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5617 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5618 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5619 return; 5620 } 5621 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5622 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5623 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5624 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5625 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5626 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5627 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5628 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5629 } 5630 5631 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5632 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5633 /// GCC compatibility). 5634 static TypeSourceInfo* 5635 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5636 ASTContext &Context, 5637 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5638 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5639 QualType FixedTy 5640 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5641 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5642 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5643 return nullptr; 5644 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5645 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5646 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5647 return FixedTInfo; 5648 } 5649 5650 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5651 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5652 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5653 /// function-scope declarations. 5654 void 5655 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5656 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5657 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5658 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5659 return; 5660 5661 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5662 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5663 } 5664 5665 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5666 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5667 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5668 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5669 } 5670 5671 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5672 /// does not identify a function. 5673 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5674 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5675 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5676 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5677 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5678 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5679 5680 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5681 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5682 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5683 5684 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5685 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5686 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5687 } 5688 5689 NamedDecl* 5690 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5692 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5693 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5694 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5695 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5696 D.setInvalidType(); 5697 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5698 DC = CurContext; 5699 Previous.clear(); 5700 } 5701 5702 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5703 5704 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5705 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5706 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5707 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5709 << 1; 5710 5711 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5712 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5713 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5714 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5715 << "typedef"; 5716 else 5717 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5718 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5719 return nullptr; 5720 } 5721 5722 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5723 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5724 5725 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5726 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5727 5728 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5729 5730 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5731 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5732 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5733 return ND; 5734 } 5735 5736 void 5737 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5738 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5739 // then it shall have block scope. 5740 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5741 // that redeclarations will match. 5742 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5743 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5744 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5745 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5746 5747 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5748 bool SizeIsNegative; 5749 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5750 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5751 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5752 SizeIsNegative, 5753 Oversized); 5754 if (FixedTInfo) { 5755 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5756 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5757 } else { 5758 if (SizeIsNegative) 5759 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5760 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5761 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5762 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5763 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5764 << Oversized.toString(10); 5765 else 5766 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5767 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5768 } 5769 } 5770 } 5771 } 5772 5773 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5774 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5775 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5776 NamedDecl* 5777 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5778 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5779 5780 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5781 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5782 5783 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5784 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5785 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5786 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5787 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5788 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5789 Redeclaration = true; 5790 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5791 } 5792 5793 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5794 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5795 5796 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5797 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5798 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5799 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5800 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5801 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5802 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5803 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5804 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5805 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5806 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5807 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5808 } 5809 5810 return NewTD; 5811 } 5812 5813 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5814 /// previous declaration. 5815 /// 5816 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5817 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5818 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5819 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5820 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5821 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5822 /// 5823 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5824 /// lookup 5825 /// 5826 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5827 /// declared. 5828 /// 5829 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5830 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5831 static bool 5832 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5833 ASTContext &Context) { 5834 if (!PrevDecl) 5835 return false; 5836 5837 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5838 return false; 5839 5840 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5841 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5842 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5843 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5844 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5845 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5846 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5847 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5848 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5849 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5850 return false; 5851 5852 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5853 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5854 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5855 return false; 5856 5857 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5858 // previous declarations. 5859 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5860 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5861 5862 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5863 // isn't the same function. 5864 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5865 return false; 5866 } 5867 5868 return true; 5869 } 5870 5871 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5872 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5873 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5874 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5875 } 5876 5877 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5878 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5879 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5880 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5881 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5882 unsigned kind = -1U; 5883 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5884 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5885 kind = 0; // __block 5886 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5887 kind = 1; // global 5888 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5889 kind = 3; // ivar 5890 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5891 kind = 2; // field 5892 } 5893 5894 if (kind != -1U) { 5895 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5896 << kind; 5897 } 5898 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5899 // Try to infer lifetime. 5900 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5901 return false; 5902 5903 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5904 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5905 decl->setType(type); 5906 } 5907 5908 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5909 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5910 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5911 var->getTLSKind()) { 5912 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5913 << var->getType(); 5914 return true; 5915 } 5916 } 5917 5918 return false; 5919 } 5920 5921 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5922 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5923 // the wrong linkage. 5924 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5925 5926 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5927 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5928 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5929 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5930 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5931 } 5932 } 5933 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5934 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5935 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5936 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5937 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5938 } 5939 } 5940 5941 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5942 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5943 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5944 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5945 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5946 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5947 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5948 } 5949 } 5950 } 5951 5952 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5953 // It does not apply to functions. 5954 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5955 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5956 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5957 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5958 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5959 } 5960 } 5961 5962 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5963 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5964 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5965 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5966 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5967 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5968 << &ND << Attr; 5969 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5970 } 5971 } 5972 5973 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5974 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5975 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5976 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5977 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5978 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5979 << Attr; 5980 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5981 } 5982 5983 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 5984 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 5985 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 5986 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 5987 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 5988 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 5989 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 5990 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 5991 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 5992 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 5993 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 5994 // by applying it to the function type. 5995 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 5996 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 5997 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 5998 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 5999 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6000 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6001 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6002 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6003 } 6004 } 6005 } 6006 } 6007 } 6008 6009 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6010 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6011 bool IsSpecialization, 6012 bool IsDefinition) { 6013 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6014 return; 6015 6016 bool IsTemplate = false; 6017 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6018 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6019 IsTemplate = true; 6020 if (!IsSpecialization) 6021 IsDefinition = false; 6022 } 6023 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6024 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6025 IsTemplate = true; 6026 } 6027 6028 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6029 return; 6030 6031 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6032 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6033 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6034 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6035 6036 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6037 // inherited attribute instances. 6038 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6039 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6040 6041 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6042 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6043 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6044 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6045 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6046 6047 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6048 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6049 bool JustWarn = false; 6050 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6051 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6052 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6053 JustWarn = true; 6054 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6055 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6056 JustWarn = true; 6057 } 6058 6059 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6060 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6061 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6062 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6063 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6064 JustWarn = false; 6065 6066 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6067 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6068 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6069 << NewDecl 6070 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6071 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6072 if (!JustWarn) { 6073 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6074 return; 6075 } 6076 } 6077 6078 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6079 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6080 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6081 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6082 // it were marked dllexport. 6083 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6084 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6085 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6086 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6087 // separately. 6088 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6089 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6090 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6091 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6092 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6093 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6094 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6095 } 6096 6097 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6098 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6099 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6100 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6101 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6102 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6103 << NewDecl; 6104 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6105 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6106 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6107 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6108 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6109 } else { 6110 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6111 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6112 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6113 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6114 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6115 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6116 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6117 } 6118 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6119 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6120 // attribute. 6121 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6122 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6123 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6124 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6125 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6126 } 6127 6128 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6129 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6130 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6131 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6132 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6133 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6134 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6135 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6136 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6137 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6138 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6139 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6140 } 6141 } 6142 } 6143 } 6144 6145 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6146 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6147 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6148 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6149 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6150 6151 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6152 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6153 6154 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6155 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6156 return false; 6157 6158 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6159 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6160 } 6161 6162 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6163 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6164 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6165 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6166 /// 6167 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6168 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6169 /// 6170 /// For instance: 6171 /// 6172 /// auto x = []{}; 6173 /// 6174 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6175 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6176 /// 6177 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6178 template<typename T> 6179 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6180 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6181 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6182 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6183 return false; 6184 6185 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6186 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6187 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6188 return false; 6189 } 6190 return D->isExternC(); 6191 } 6192 6193 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6194 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6195 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6196 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6197 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6198 return true; 6199 if (DC->isRecord()) 6200 return false; 6201 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6202 } 6203 6204 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6205 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6206 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6207 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6208 return true; 6209 if (DC->isRecord()) 6210 return false; 6211 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6212 } 6213 6214 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6215 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6216 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6217 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6218 return true; 6219 6220 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6221 // position to the decl itself. 6222 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6223 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6224 return true; 6225 } 6226 6227 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6228 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6229 } 6230 6231 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6232 /// function-local external declaration. 6233 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6234 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6235 return false; 6236 6237 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6238 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6239 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6240 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6241 return true; 6242 6243 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6244 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6245 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6246 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6247 // 6248 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6249 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6250 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6251 DC = DC->getParent(); 6252 return true; 6253 } 6254 6255 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6256 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6257 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6258 return FD->isExternC(); 6259 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6260 return VD->isExternC(); 6261 6262 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6263 } 6264 6265 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6266 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6267 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6268 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6269 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6270 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6271 6272 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6273 6274 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6275 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6276 // purposes. 6277 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6278 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6279 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6280 Name = II; 6281 } 6282 } else if (!II) { 6283 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6284 return nullptr; 6285 } 6286 6287 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6288 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6289 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6290 // argument. 6291 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6292 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6293 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6294 << R; 6295 D.setInvalidType(); 6296 return nullptr; 6297 } 6298 6299 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6300 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6301 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6302 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6303 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6304 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6305 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6306 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6307 D.setInvalidType(); 6308 return nullptr; 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6313 QualType NR = R; 6314 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6315 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6316 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6317 D.setInvalidType(); 6318 break; 6319 } 6320 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6321 } 6322 6323 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6324 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6325 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6326 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6327 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6328 D.setInvalidType(); 6329 } 6330 } 6331 6332 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6333 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6334 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6335 // space qualifiers. 6336 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6337 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6338 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6339 } 6340 6341 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6342 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6343 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6344 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6345 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6346 R.isConstQualified())) { 6347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6348 D.setInvalidType(); 6349 } 6350 } 6351 6352 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6353 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6354 // address space qualifiers. 6355 if (R->isEventT()) { 6356 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6357 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6358 D.setInvalidType(); 6359 } 6360 } 6361 6362 // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the thread_local storage qualifier is not 6363 // supported. OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6364 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6365 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6366 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6367 bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6368 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6369 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6370 << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6371 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6372 D.setInvalidType(); 6373 return nullptr; 6374 } 6375 } 6376 6377 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6378 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6379 6380 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6381 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6382 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6383 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6384 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6385 SC = SC_Extern; 6386 6387 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6388 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6389 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6390 6391 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6392 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6393 // an error here 6394 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6395 D.setInvalidType(); 6396 SC = SC_None; 6397 } 6398 6399 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6400 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6401 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6402 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6403 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6404 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6405 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6406 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6407 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6408 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6409 } 6410 6411 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6412 6413 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6414 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6415 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6416 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6417 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6418 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6419 D.setInvalidType(); 6420 } 6421 } 6422 6423 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6424 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6425 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6426 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6427 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6428 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6429 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6430 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6431 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6432 II, R, TInfo, SC); 6433 6434 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6435 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6436 6437 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6438 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6439 } else { 6440 bool Invalid = false; 6441 6442 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6443 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6444 switch (SC) { 6445 case SC_None: 6446 break; 6447 case SC_Static: 6448 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6449 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6450 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6451 break; 6452 case SC_Auto: 6453 case SC_Register: 6454 case SC_Extern: 6455 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6456 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6457 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6458 // of class members 6459 6460 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6461 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6462 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6463 break; 6464 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6465 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6466 } 6467 } 6468 6469 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6470 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6471 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6473 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6474 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6475 6476 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6477 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6478 if (RD->isUnion()) 6479 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6480 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6481 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6482 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6483 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6484 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6485 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6486 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6487 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6488 } 6489 } 6490 6491 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6492 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6493 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6494 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6495 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6496 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6497 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6498 : nullptr, 6499 TemplateParamLists, 6500 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6501 6502 if (TemplateParams) { 6503 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6504 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6505 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6506 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6507 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6508 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6509 << II 6510 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6511 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6512 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6513 } else { 6514 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6515 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6516 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6517 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6518 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6519 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6520 // This is a template declaration. 6521 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6522 6523 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6524 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6525 return nullptr; 6526 6527 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6528 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6529 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6530 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6531 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6532 } 6533 } 6534 } else { 6535 assert((Invalid || 6536 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6537 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6538 } 6539 6540 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6541 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6542 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6543 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6544 : SourceLocation(); 6545 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6546 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6547 IsPartialSpecialization); 6548 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6549 return nullptr; 6550 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6551 AddToScope = false; 6552 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6553 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6554 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6555 Bindings); 6556 } else 6557 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6558 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6559 6560 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6561 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6562 NewTemplate = 6563 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6564 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6565 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6566 } 6567 6568 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6569 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6570 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6571 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6572 6573 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6574 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6575 if (NewTemplate) 6576 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6577 } 6578 6579 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6580 6581 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6582 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6583 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6584 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6585 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6586 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6587 6588 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6589 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6590 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6591 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6592 // implicitly an inline variable. 6593 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) 6594 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6595 } 6596 } 6597 6598 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6599 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6600 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6601 << 0; 6602 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6603 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6604 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6605 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6606 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6607 } else { 6608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6609 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6610 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6611 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6612 } 6613 } 6614 6615 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6616 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6617 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6618 if (NewTemplate) 6619 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6620 6621 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6622 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6623 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6624 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6625 else 6626 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6627 } 6628 6629 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6630 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6631 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6632 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6633 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6634 // explicitly. 6635 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6636 // 'extern'. 6637 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6638 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6639 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6640 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6641 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6642 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6643 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6644 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6645 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6646 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6647 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6648 // error should be ignored. 6649 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6650 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6651 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6652 // to emit any code for it. 6653 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6654 } else 6655 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6656 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6657 } else 6658 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6659 } 6660 6661 // C99 6.7.4p3 6662 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6663 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6664 // thread storage duration... 6665 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6666 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6667 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6668 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6669 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6670 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6671 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6672 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6673 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6675 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6676 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6677 } 6678 } 6679 6680 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6681 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6682 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6683 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6684 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6685 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6686 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6687 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6688 << 2 6689 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6690 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6691 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6692 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6693 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6694 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6695 else { 6696 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6697 if (NewTemplate) 6698 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6699 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6700 B->setModulePrivate(); 6701 } 6702 } 6703 6704 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6705 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6706 6707 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6708 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6709 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6710 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6711 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6712 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6713 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6714 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6715 // storage [duration]." 6716 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6717 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6718 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6719 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6720 } 6721 } 6722 6723 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6724 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6725 // check the VarDecl itself. 6726 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6727 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6728 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6729 6730 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6731 // retainable type. 6732 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6733 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6734 6735 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6736 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6737 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6738 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6739 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6740 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6741 switch (SC) { 6742 case SC_None: 6743 case SC_Auto: 6744 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6745 break; 6746 case SC_Register: 6747 // Local Named register 6748 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6749 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6750 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6751 break; 6752 case SC_Static: 6753 case SC_Extern: 6754 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6755 break; 6756 } 6757 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6758 // Global Named register 6759 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6760 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6761 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6762 6763 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6764 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6765 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6766 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6767 HasSizeMismatch)) 6768 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6769 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6770 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6771 } 6772 6773 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6774 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6775 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6776 } 6777 } 6778 6779 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6780 Context, Label, 0)); 6781 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6782 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6783 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6784 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6785 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6786 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6787 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6788 } else 6789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6790 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6791 } 6792 } 6793 6794 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6795 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6796 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6797 : nullptr; 6798 6799 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6800 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6801 // declaration has linkage). 6802 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6803 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6804 IsMemberSpecialization || 6805 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6806 6807 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6808 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6810 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6811 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6812 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6813 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6814 6815 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6816 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6817 } else { 6818 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6819 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6820 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6822 6823 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6824 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6825 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6826 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6827 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6828 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6829 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6831 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6832 Previous.clear(); 6833 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6834 } 6835 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6836 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6837 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6838 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6839 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6840 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6841 } 6842 6843 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6844 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6845 6846 if (NewTemplate) { 6847 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6848 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6849 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6850 : nullptr; 6851 6852 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6853 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6854 // template declaration. 6855 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6856 TemplateParams, 6857 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6858 : nullptr, 6859 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6860 DC->isDependentContext()) 6861 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6862 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6863 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6864 6865 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6866 // template, make a note of that. 6867 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6868 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6869 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6870 } 6871 } 6872 6873 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6874 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6875 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6876 6877 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6878 6879 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6880 // the map of such variables. 6881 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6882 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6883 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6884 6885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6886 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6887 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6888 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6889 Context.setManglingNumber( 6890 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6891 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6892 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6893 } 6894 } 6895 6896 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6897 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6898 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6899 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6900 6901 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6902 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6904 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6905 6906 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6907 // behavior. 6908 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6909 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6910 } 6911 6912 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6913 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6914 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 6915 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6916 } 6917 6918 if (NewTemplate) { 6919 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6920 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6921 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6922 return NewTemplate; 6923 } 6924 6925 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6926 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6927 6928 return NewVD; 6929 } 6930 6931 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6932 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6933 SDK_Local, 6934 SDK_Global, 6935 SDK_StaticMember, 6936 SDK_Field, 6937 SDK_Typedef, 6938 SDK_Using 6939 }; 6940 6941 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6942 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6943 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6944 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6945 return SDK_Using; 6946 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6947 return SDK_Typedef; 6948 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6949 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6950 6951 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6952 } 6953 6954 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6955 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6956 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6957 const VarDecl *VD) { 6958 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6959 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6960 return Capture.getLocation(); 6961 } 6962 return SourceLocation(); 6963 } 6964 6965 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6966 const LookupResult &R) { 6967 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6968 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6969 return false; 6970 6971 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6972 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6973 } 6974 6975 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6976 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6977 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6978 const LookupResult &R) { 6979 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6980 return nullptr; 6981 6982 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6983 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6984 return nullptr; 6985 6986 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6987 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6988 ? ShadowedDecl 6989 : nullptr; 6990 } 6991 6992 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6993 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6994 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6995 const LookupResult &R) { 6996 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6997 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6998 return nullptr; 6999 7000 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7001 return nullptr; 7002 7003 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7004 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7005 } 7006 7007 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7008 /// -Wshadow. 7009 /// 7010 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7011 /// scope. 7012 /// 7013 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7014 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7015 /// 7016 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7017 const LookupResult &R) { 7018 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7019 7020 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7021 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7022 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7023 if (MD->isStatic()) 7024 return; 7025 7026 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7027 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7028 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7029 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7030 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7031 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7032 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7033 return; 7034 } 7035 } 7036 7037 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7038 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7039 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7040 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7041 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7042 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7043 ShadowedDecl = I; 7044 break; 7045 } 7046 } 7047 7048 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7049 7050 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7051 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7052 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7053 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7054 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7055 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7056 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7057 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7058 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7059 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7060 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7061 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7062 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7063 } else { 7064 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7065 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7066 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7067 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7068 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7069 return; 7070 } 7071 } 7072 7073 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7074 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7075 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7076 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7077 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7078 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7079 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7080 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7081 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7082 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7083 return; 7084 } 7085 } 7086 } 7087 } 7088 } 7089 7090 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7091 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7092 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7093 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7094 return; 7095 7096 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7097 // static data members from base classes? 7098 7099 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7100 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7101 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7102 } 7103 7104 7105 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7106 7107 // Emit warning and note. 7108 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7109 return; 7110 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7111 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7112 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7113 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7114 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7115 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7116 } 7117 7118 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7119 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7120 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7121 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7122 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7123 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7124 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7125 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7126 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7127 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7128 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7129 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7130 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7131 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7132 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7133 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7134 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7135 } 7136 } 7137 7138 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7139 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7140 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7141 return; 7142 7143 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7144 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7145 LookupName(R, S); 7146 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7147 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7148 } 7149 7150 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7151 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7152 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7153 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7154 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7155 return; 7156 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7157 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7158 if (!DRE) 7159 return; 7160 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7161 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7162 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7163 return; 7164 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7165 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7168 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7169 7170 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7171 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7172 } 7173 7174 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7175 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7176 template<typename T> 7177 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7178 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7179 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7180 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7181 7182 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7183 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7184 // declaration. 7185 return false; 7186 } 7187 7188 if (Prev) { 7189 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7190 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7191 // redeclaration. 7192 Previous.clear(); 7193 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7194 return true; 7195 } 7196 7197 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7198 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7199 // declaration. 7200 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7201 return false; 7202 } else { 7203 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7204 // translation unit which might conflict. 7205 if (IsGlobal) { 7206 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7207 IsGlobal = false; 7208 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7209 I != E; ++I) { 7210 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7211 Prev = *I; 7212 break; 7213 } 7214 } 7215 } else { 7216 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7217 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7218 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7219 I != E; ++I) { 7220 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7221 Prev = *I; 7222 break; 7223 } 7224 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7225 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7226 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7227 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7228 // diagnostic. 7229 } 7230 } 7231 7232 if (!Prev) 7233 return false; 7234 } 7235 7236 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7237 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7238 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7239 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7240 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7241 else 7242 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7243 7244 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7245 << IsGlobal << ND; 7246 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7247 << IsGlobal; 7248 return false; 7249 } 7250 7251 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7252 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7253 /// 7254 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7255 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7256 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7257 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7258 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7259 template<typename T> 7260 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7261 LookupResult &Previous) { 7262 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7263 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7264 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7265 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7266 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7267 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7268 Previous.clear(); 7269 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7270 return true; 7271 } 7272 } 7273 return false; 7274 } 7275 7276 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7277 // declaration. 7278 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7279 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7280 7281 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7282 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7283 // in another scope. 7284 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7285 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7286 7287 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7288 return false; 7289 } 7290 7291 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7292 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7293 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7294 return; 7295 7296 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7297 7298 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7299 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7300 return; 7301 7302 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7303 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7304 7305 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7306 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7307 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7308 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7309 NewVD->setType(T); 7310 } 7311 7312 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7313 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7314 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7315 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7316 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7317 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7318 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7319 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7320 return; 7321 } 7322 7323 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7324 // scope. 7325 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7326 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7327 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7328 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7329 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7330 return; 7331 } 7332 7333 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7334 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7335 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7336 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7337 return; 7338 } 7339 7340 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7341 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7342 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7343 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7344 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7345 << 0 /*const*/; 7346 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7347 return; 7348 } 7349 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7350 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7351 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7352 return; 7353 } 7354 } 7355 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7356 // __constant address space. 7357 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7358 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7359 // address space. 7360 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7361 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7362 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7363 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7364 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7365 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7366 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7367 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7368 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7369 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7370 else 7371 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7372 << Scope << "constant"; 7373 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7374 return; 7375 } 7376 } else { 7377 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7378 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7379 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7380 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7381 return; 7382 } 7383 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7384 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7385 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7386 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7387 // in functions. 7388 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7389 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7390 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7391 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7392 else 7393 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7394 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7395 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7396 return; 7397 } 7398 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7399 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7400 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7401 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7402 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7403 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7404 << "constant"; 7405 else 7406 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7407 << "local"; 7408 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7409 return; 7410 } 7411 } 7412 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 7413 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7414 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7415 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7416 return; 7417 } 7418 } 7419 } 7420 7421 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7422 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7423 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7424 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7425 else { 7426 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7427 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7428 } 7429 } 7430 7431 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7432 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7433 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7434 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7435 7436 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7437 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7438 bool SizeIsNegative; 7439 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7440 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7441 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7442 QualType FixedT; 7443 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7444 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7445 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7446 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7447 // both types separately. 7448 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7449 Oversized); 7450 } 7451 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7452 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7453 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7454 // int a[10][n]; 7455 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7456 7457 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7458 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7459 << SizeRange; 7460 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7461 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7462 << SizeRange; 7463 else 7464 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7465 << SizeRange; 7466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7467 return; 7468 } 7469 7470 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7471 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7472 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7473 else 7474 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7475 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7476 return; 7477 } 7478 7479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7480 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7481 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7482 } 7483 7484 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7485 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7486 // of objects and functions. 7487 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7488 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7489 << T; 7490 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7491 return; 7492 } 7493 } 7494 7495 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7496 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7497 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7498 return; 7499 } 7500 7501 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7502 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7503 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7504 return; 7505 } 7506 7507 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7508 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7509 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7510 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7511 return; 7512 } 7513 } 7514 7515 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7516 /// declaration. 7517 /// 7518 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7519 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7520 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7521 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7522 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7523 /// 7524 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7525 /// 7526 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7527 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7528 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7529 7530 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7531 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7532 return false; 7533 7534 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7535 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7536 if (Previous.empty() && 7537 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7538 Previous.setShadowed(); 7539 7540 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7541 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7542 return true; 7543 } 7544 return false; 7545 } 7546 7547 namespace { 7548 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7549 Sema *S; 7550 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7551 7552 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7553 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7554 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7555 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7556 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7557 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7558 7559 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7560 7561 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7562 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7563 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7564 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7565 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7566 7567 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7568 } 7569 7570 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7571 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7572 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7573 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7574 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7575 return true; 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 return false; 7580 } 7581 }; 7582 7583 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7584 } // end anonymous namespace 7585 7586 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7587 /// overridden methods. 7588 /// 7589 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7590 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7591 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7592 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7593 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7594 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7595 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7596 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7597 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7598 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7599 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7600 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7601 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7602 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7603 } 7604 } 7605 7606 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7607 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7608 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7609 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7610 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7611 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7612 FOM.Method = MD; 7613 FOM.S = this; 7614 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7615 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7616 bool AddedAny = false; 7617 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7618 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7619 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7620 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7621 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7622 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7623 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7624 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7625 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7626 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7627 AddedAny = true; 7628 } 7629 } 7630 } 7631 } 7632 7633 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7634 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7635 } 7636 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7637 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7638 } 7639 7640 return AddedAny; 7641 } 7642 7643 namespace { 7644 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7645 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7646 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7647 Scope *S; 7648 Declarator &D; 7649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7650 bool AddToScope; 7651 }; 7652 } // end anonymous namespace 7653 7654 namespace { 7655 7656 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7657 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7658 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7659 public: 7660 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7661 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7662 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7663 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7664 7665 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7666 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7667 return false; 7668 7669 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7670 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7671 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7672 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7673 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7674 7675 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7676 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7677 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7678 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7679 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7680 return true; 7681 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7682 return true; 7683 } 7684 } 7685 } 7686 7687 return false; 7688 } 7689 7690 private: 7691 ASTContext &Context; 7692 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7693 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7694 }; 7695 7696 } // end anonymous namespace 7697 7698 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7699 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7700 } 7701 7702 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7703 /// 7704 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7705 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7706 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7707 /// the same name. 7708 /// 7709 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7710 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7711 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7712 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7713 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7714 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7715 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7716 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7717 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7718 TypoCorrection Correction; 7719 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7720 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7721 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7722 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7723 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7724 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7725 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7726 7727 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7728 if (IsLocalFriend) 7729 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7730 else 7731 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7732 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7733 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7734 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7735 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7736 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7737 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7738 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7739 if (FD && 7740 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7741 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7742 // involve a parameter 7743 unsigned ParamNum = 7744 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7745 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7746 } 7747 } 7748 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7749 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7750 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7751 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7752 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7753 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7754 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7755 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7756 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7757 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7758 Previous.clear(); 7759 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7760 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7761 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7762 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7763 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7764 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7765 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7766 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7767 } 7768 } 7769 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7770 7771 NamedDecl *Result; 7772 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7773 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7774 { 7775 // Trap errors. 7776 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7777 7778 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7779 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7780 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7781 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7782 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7783 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7784 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7785 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7786 7787 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7788 Result = nullptr; 7789 } 7790 7791 if (Result) { 7792 // Determine which correction we picked. 7793 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7794 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7795 I != E; ++I) 7796 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7797 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7798 7799 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7800 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7801 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7802 Correction, 7803 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7804 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7805 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7806 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7807 return Result; 7808 } 7809 7810 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7811 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7812 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7813 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7814 Previous.clear(); 7815 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7816 } 7817 7818 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7819 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7820 7821 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7822 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7823 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7824 7825 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7826 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7827 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7828 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7829 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7830 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7831 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7832 7833 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7834 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7835 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7836 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7837 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7838 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7839 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7840 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7841 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7842 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7843 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7844 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7845 } else 7846 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7847 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7848 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7849 } 7850 return nullptr; 7851 } 7852 7853 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7854 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7855 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7856 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7857 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7858 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7859 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7860 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7861 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7862 D.setInvalidType(); 7863 break; 7864 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7865 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7866 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7867 return SC_None; 7868 return SC_Extern; 7869 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7870 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7871 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7872 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7873 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7874 // other than extern 7875 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7876 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7877 diag::err_static_block_func); 7878 break; 7879 } else 7880 return SC_Static; 7881 } 7882 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7883 } 7884 7885 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7886 return SC_None; 7887 } 7888 7889 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7890 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7891 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7892 StorageClass SC, 7893 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7894 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7895 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7896 7897 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7898 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7899 7900 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7901 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7902 // prototype. This true when: 7903 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7904 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7905 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7906 // function type). 7907 bool HasPrototype = 7908 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7909 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7910 7911 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 7912 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, false); 7913 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7914 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7915 7916 return NewFD; 7917 } 7918 7919 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7920 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7921 7922 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7923 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7924 // the class has been completely parsed. 7925 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7926 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7927 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7928 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7929 D.setInvalidType(); 7930 7931 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7932 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7933 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7934 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7935 7936 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7937 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 7938 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 7939 TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7940 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, isConstexpr); 7941 7942 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7943 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7944 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7945 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7946 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7947 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = 7948 CXXDestructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), 7949 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7950 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7951 7952 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 7953 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 7954 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 7955 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7956 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 7957 7958 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7959 return NewDD; 7960 7961 } else { 7962 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7963 D.setInvalidType(); 7964 7965 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7966 // code path. 7967 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7968 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, 7969 isInline, 7970 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7971 } 7972 7973 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7974 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7975 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7976 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7977 return nullptr; 7978 } 7979 7980 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7981 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7982 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 7983 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 7984 TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7985 7986 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7987 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7988 7989 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7990 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7991 D.getEndLoc()); 7992 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7993 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7994 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7995 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7996 // constructor if it has no return type). 7997 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7998 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7999 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8000 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8001 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8002 return nullptr; 8003 } 8004 8005 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8006 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8007 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8008 TInfo, SC, isInline, isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 8009 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8010 return Ret; 8011 } else { 8012 bool isFriend = 8013 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8014 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8015 return nullptr; 8016 8017 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8018 // prototype. This true when: 8019 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8020 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8021 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, 8022 isConstexpr); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 enum OpenCLParamType { 8027 ValidKernelParam, 8028 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8029 PtrKernelParam, 8030 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8031 InvalidKernelParam, 8032 RecordKernelParam 8033 }; 8034 8035 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8036 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8037 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8038 // integers other than by their names. 8039 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8040 8041 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8042 // for a size dependent type. 8043 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8044 do { 8045 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8046 auto Match = 8047 std::find(Names.begin(), Names.end(), DesugaredTy.getAsString()); 8048 if (Names.end() != Match) 8049 return true; 8050 8051 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8052 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8053 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8054 8055 return false; 8056 } 8057 8058 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8059 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8060 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8061 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8062 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8063 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8064 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8065 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8066 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8067 return PtrKernelParam; 8068 } 8069 8070 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8071 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8072 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8073 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8074 // of these built-in scalar types. 8075 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8076 return InvalidKernelParam; 8077 8078 if (PT->isImageType()) 8079 return PtrKernelParam; 8080 8081 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8082 return InvalidKernelParam; 8083 8084 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8085 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8086 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8087 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8088 return InvalidKernelParam; 8089 8090 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8091 return RecordKernelParam; 8092 8093 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8094 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8095 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8096 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8097 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8098 // array, this recusive call only happens once. 8099 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8100 } 8101 8102 return ValidKernelParam; 8103 } 8104 8105 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8106 Sema &S, 8107 Declarator &D, 8108 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8109 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8110 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8111 8112 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8113 // used again 8114 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8115 return; 8116 8117 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8118 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8119 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8120 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8121 // pointer to a pointer type. 8122 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8123 D.setInvalidType(); 8124 return; 8125 8126 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8127 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8128 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8129 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8130 // __constant. 8131 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8132 D.setInvalidType(); 8133 return; 8134 8135 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8136 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8137 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8138 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8139 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8140 8141 case InvalidKernelParam: 8142 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8143 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8144 // of event_t type. 8145 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8146 // type for any function elsewhere. 8147 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8148 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8149 8150 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8151 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8152 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8153 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8154 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8155 if (Loc.isValid()) 8156 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8157 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8158 } 8159 } 8160 8161 D.setInvalidType(); 8162 return; 8163 8164 case PtrKernelParam: 8165 case ValidKernelParam: 8166 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8167 return; 8168 8169 case RecordKernelParam: 8170 break; 8171 } 8172 8173 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8174 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8175 8176 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8177 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8178 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8179 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8180 8181 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8182 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8183 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8184 const RecordType *RecTy = 8185 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8186 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8187 8188 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8189 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8190 8191 do { 8192 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8193 if (!Next) { 8194 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8195 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8196 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8197 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8198 8199 continue; 8200 } 8201 8202 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8203 // field itself) to the history stack. 8204 const RecordDecl *RD; 8205 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8206 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8207 8208 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8209 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8210 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8211 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8212 "Unexpected type."); 8213 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8214 8215 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8216 } else { 8217 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8218 } 8219 8220 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8221 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8222 8223 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8224 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8225 8226 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8227 continue; 8228 8229 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8230 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8231 continue; 8232 8233 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8234 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8235 continue; 8236 } 8237 8238 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8239 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8240 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8241 // union. 8242 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8243 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8244 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8245 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8246 << PT->isUnionType() 8247 << PT; 8248 } else { 8249 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8250 } 8251 8252 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8253 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8254 8255 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8256 // the offending field came from 8257 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8258 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8259 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8260 I != E; ++I) { 8261 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8262 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8263 << OuterField->getType(); 8264 } 8265 8266 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8267 << QT->isPointerType() 8268 << QT; 8269 D.setInvalidType(); 8270 return; 8271 } 8272 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8273 } 8274 8275 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8276 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8277 /// nothing. 8278 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8279 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8280 DC = DC->getParent(); 8281 return DC; 8282 } 8283 8284 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8285 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8286 /// nothing. 8287 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8288 while (S->isClassScope() || 8289 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8290 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8291 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8292 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8293 S = S->getParent(); 8294 return S; 8295 } 8296 8297 NamedDecl* 8298 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8299 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8300 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8301 bool &AddToScope) { 8302 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8303 8304 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8305 8306 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8307 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8308 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8309 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8310 8311 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8312 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8313 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8314 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8315 8316 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8317 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8318 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8319 8320 bool isFriend = false; 8321 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8322 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8323 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8324 8325 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8326 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8327 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8328 8329 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8330 8331 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8332 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8333 8334 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8335 isVirtualOkay); 8336 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8337 8338 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8339 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8340 8341 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8342 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8343 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8344 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8345 8346 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8347 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8348 8349 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8350 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8351 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8352 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8353 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8354 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8355 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8356 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8357 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8358 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8359 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8360 } 8361 8362 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8363 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8364 // return true). 8365 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8366 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8367 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8368 NewFD->setPure(true); 8369 8370 // C++ [class.union]p2 8371 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8372 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8374 } 8375 8376 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8377 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8378 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8379 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8380 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8381 8382 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8383 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8384 bool Invalid = false; 8385 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8386 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8387 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8388 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8389 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8390 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8391 : nullptr, 8392 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8393 Invalid)) { 8394 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8395 // This is a function template 8396 8397 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8398 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8399 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8400 8401 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8402 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8403 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8404 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8405 } 8406 8407 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8408 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8409 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8410 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8411 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8412 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8413 Invalid = true; 8414 } 8415 8416 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8417 NewFD->getLocation(), 8418 Name, TemplateParams, 8419 NewFD); 8420 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8421 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8422 8423 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8424 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8425 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8426 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8427 } 8428 } else { 8429 // This is a function template specialization. 8430 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8431 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8432 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8433 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8434 8435 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8436 if (isFriend) { 8437 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8438 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8439 8440 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8441 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8442 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8443 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8444 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8445 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8446 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8447 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8448 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8449 } 8450 8451 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8452 << Name << RemoveRange 8453 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8454 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8455 } 8456 } 8457 } else { 8458 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8459 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8460 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8461 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8462 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8463 } 8464 8465 if (Invalid) { 8466 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8467 if (FunctionTemplate) 8468 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8469 } 8470 8471 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8472 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8473 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8474 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8475 // 8476 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8477 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8479 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8480 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8481 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8482 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8483 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8485 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8486 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8487 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8488 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8489 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8491 } else { 8492 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8493 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8494 } 8495 8496 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8497 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8498 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8499 } 8500 8501 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8502 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8503 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8504 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8505 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8506 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8507 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8508 // thing to do. 8509 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8510 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8511 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8512 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8513 QualType Result = 8514 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8515 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8516 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8517 } 8518 8519 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8520 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8521 // declaration. 8522 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8523 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8524 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8525 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8526 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8527 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8528 } 8529 } 8530 8531 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8532 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8533 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8534 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8535 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8536 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8537 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8538 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8539 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8540 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8541 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8542 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8543 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8544 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8545 // or conversion function. 8546 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8547 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8548 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8549 } 8550 } 8551 8552 if (isConstexpr) { 8553 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8554 // are implicitly inline. 8555 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8556 8557 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8558 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8559 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8560 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8561 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8562 } 8563 8564 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8565 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8566 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8567 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8568 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8569 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8570 << 0 8571 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8572 } else { 8573 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8574 if (FunctionTemplate) 8575 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8576 } 8577 } 8578 8579 if (isFriend) { 8580 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8581 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8582 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8583 } 8584 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8585 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8586 } 8587 8588 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8589 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8590 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8591 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8592 case FDK_Declaration: 8593 case FDK_Definition: 8594 break; 8595 8596 case FDK_Defaulted: 8597 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8598 break; 8599 8600 case FDK_Deleted: 8601 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8602 break; 8603 } 8604 8605 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8606 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8607 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8608 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8609 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8610 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8611 } 8612 8613 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8614 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8615 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8616 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8617 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8618 // the class. 8619 8620 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8621 // member function definition. 8622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8623 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8625 } 8626 8627 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8628 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8629 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8630 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8631 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8632 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8633 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8634 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8635 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8636 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8637 } 8638 8639 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8640 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8641 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8642 isMemberSpecialization || 8643 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8644 8645 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8646 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8647 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8648 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8649 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8650 SE->getString(), 0)); 8651 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8652 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8653 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8654 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8655 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8656 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8657 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8658 } else 8659 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8660 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8661 } 8662 } 8663 8664 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8665 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8666 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8667 unsigned FTIIdx; 8668 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8669 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8670 8671 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8672 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8673 // single void argument. 8674 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8675 // already checks for that case. 8676 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8677 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8678 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8679 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8680 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8681 Params.push_back(Param); 8682 8683 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8684 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8685 } 8686 } 8687 8688 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8689 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8690 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8691 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8692 // the TU. 8693 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8694 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8695 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8696 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8697 8698 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8699 // instead. 8700 if (!TD) { 8701 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8702 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8703 } 8704 if (!TD) 8705 continue; 8706 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8707 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8708 continue; 8709 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8710 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8711 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8712 8713 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8714 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8715 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8716 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8717 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8718 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8719 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8720 } 8721 } 8722 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8723 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8724 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8725 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8726 // 8727 // @code 8728 // typedef void fn(int); 8729 // fn f; 8730 // @endcode 8731 8732 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8733 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8734 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8735 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8736 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8737 Params.push_back(Param); 8738 } 8739 } else { 8740 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8741 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8742 } 8743 8744 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8745 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8746 8747 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8748 NewFD->addAttr( 8749 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8750 Context, 0)); 8751 8752 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8753 // because all functions have linkage. 8754 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8755 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8756 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8757 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8758 } 8759 8760 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8761 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8762 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8763 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8764 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8765 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8766 } 8767 8768 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8769 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8770 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8771 NewFD->addAttr( 8772 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8773 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8774 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8775 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8776 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8777 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8778 NewFD)) 8779 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8780 } 8781 8782 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 8783 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 8784 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 8785 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 8786 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8787 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 8788 } 8789 } 8790 8791 // Handle attributes. 8792 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8793 8794 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8795 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8796 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8797 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8798 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 8799 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8800 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8801 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8802 } 8803 } 8804 8805 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8806 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8807 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8808 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8809 8810 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8811 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8812 8813 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8814 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8815 isMemberSpecialization)); 8816 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8817 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8818 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8819 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8820 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8821 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8822 8823 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8824 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8825 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8826 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8827 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8828 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8829 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8830 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8831 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8832 int DiagID = 8833 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8834 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8835 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8836 } 8837 } 8838 } else { 8839 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8840 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8841 // 8842 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8843 // 8844 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8845 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8846 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8847 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8848 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8849 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8850 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8851 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8852 8853 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8854 // argument list into our AST format. 8855 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8856 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8857 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8858 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8859 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8860 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8861 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8862 TemplateArgs); 8863 8864 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8865 8866 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8867 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8868 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8869 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8870 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8871 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8872 8873 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8874 } else { 8875 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8876 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8877 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8878 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8879 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8880 } 8881 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8882 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8883 // wrote something like: 8884 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8885 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8886 // friend void foo<>(int); 8887 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8888 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8889 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8890 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8891 } 8892 8893 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8894 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8895 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8896 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8897 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8898 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8899 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8900 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8901 8902 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8903 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8904 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8905 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8906 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8907 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8908 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8909 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8910 TemplateArgs, 8911 InstantiationDependent))) { 8912 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8913 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8914 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8915 Previous)) 8916 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8917 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8918 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8919 && !isFriend) { 8920 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8921 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8922 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 8923 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 8924 Previous)) 8925 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8926 8927 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8928 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8929 // specialization (14.7.3) 8930 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8931 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8932 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8933 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8934 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8935 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8936 << SC 8937 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8938 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8939 8940 else 8941 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8942 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8943 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8944 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8945 } 8946 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8947 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8948 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8949 } 8950 8951 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8952 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8953 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8954 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8955 8956 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8957 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8958 8959 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8960 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8961 isMemberSpecialization)); 8962 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8963 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8964 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8965 } 8966 8967 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8968 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8969 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8970 8971 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8972 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8973 : NewFD); 8974 8975 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8976 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8977 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8978 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8979 8980 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8981 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8982 } 8983 8984 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8985 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8986 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8987 8988 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8989 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8990 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8991 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8992 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8993 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8994 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8995 : nullptr, 8996 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8997 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8998 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8999 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9000 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9001 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9002 DC->isDependentContext()) 9003 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9004 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9005 } 9006 9007 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9008 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9009 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9010 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9011 AddToScope }; 9012 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9013 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9014 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9015 9016 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9017 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9018 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9019 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9020 9021 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9022 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9023 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9024 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9025 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9026 // can actually do this check immediately. 9027 if (isFriend && 9028 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 9029 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9030 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 9031 // ignore these 9032 } else { 9033 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9034 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9035 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9036 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9037 // 9038 // class X { 9039 // void f() const; 9040 // }; 9041 // 9042 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9043 // 9044 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9045 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9046 // whether the parameter types are references). 9047 9048 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9049 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9050 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9051 return Result; 9052 } 9053 } 9054 9055 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9056 // to something. 9057 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9058 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9059 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9060 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9061 return Result; 9062 } 9063 } 9064 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9065 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9066 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9067 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9068 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9069 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9070 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9071 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9072 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9073 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9074 // generate them. 9075 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9076 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9077 } 9078 } 9079 9080 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9081 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9082 9083 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9084 9085 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9086 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9087 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9088 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9089 << NewFD; 9090 9091 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9092 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9093 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9094 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9095 EPI.Variadic = true; 9096 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9097 9098 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9099 NewFD->setType(R); 9100 } 9101 9102 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9103 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9104 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9105 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9106 9107 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9108 // marking the function. 9109 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9110 9111 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9112 // a pragma. 9113 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9114 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9115 9116 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9117 // the map of such variables. 9118 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9119 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9120 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9121 9122 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9123 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9124 9125 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9126 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9127 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9128 isMemberSpecialization || 9129 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9130 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9131 } 9132 9133 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9134 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9135 if (II && 9136 II->isStr(getLangOpts().HIP ? "hipConfigureCall" 9137 : "cudaConfigureCall") && 9138 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9139 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9140 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9141 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9142 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9143 } 9144 9145 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9146 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9147 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9148 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9149 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9150 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9151 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9152 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9153 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9154 } 9155 } 9156 9157 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9158 9159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9160 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9161 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9162 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9163 return FunctionTemplate; 9164 } 9165 9166 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9167 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9168 } 9169 9170 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9171 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9172 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9173 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9175 D.setInvalidType(); 9176 } 9177 9178 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9179 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9180 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9181 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9182 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9183 : FixItHint()); 9184 D.setInvalidType(); 9185 } 9186 9187 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9188 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9189 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9190 } 9191 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9192 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9193 9194 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9195 // types. 9196 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9197 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9198 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9199 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9200 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9201 D.setInvalidType(); 9202 } 9203 } 9204 } 9205 } 9206 9207 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9208 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9209 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9210 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9211 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9212 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9213 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9214 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9215 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9216 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9217 AddToScope = false; 9218 } 9219 9220 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9221 // that are run during load/unload. 9222 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9223 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9224 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9225 << 1; 9226 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9227 } 9228 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9229 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9230 << 2; 9231 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9232 } 9233 } 9234 9235 return NewFD; 9236 } 9237 9238 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9239 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9240 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9241 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9242 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9243 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9244 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9245 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9246 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9247 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9248 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9249 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9250 if (!Method) 9251 return nullptr; 9252 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9253 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9254 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9255 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9256 return NewAttr; 9257 } 9258 9259 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9260 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9261 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9262 return nullptr; 9263 9264 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9265 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9266 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9267 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9268 return NewAttr; 9269 } 9270 } 9271 return nullptr; 9272 } 9273 9274 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9275 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9276 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9277 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9278 /// 9279 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9280 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9281 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9282 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9283 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9284 bool IsDefinition) { 9285 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9286 return A; 9287 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9288 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) { 9289 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), 9290 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9291 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9292 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation); 9293 } 9294 return nullptr; 9295 } 9296 9297 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9298 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9299 /// best-effort check. 9300 /// 9301 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9302 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9303 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9304 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9305 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9306 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9307 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9308 return true; 9309 9310 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9311 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9312 // 9313 // int f(); 9314 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9315 // 9316 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9317 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9318 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9319 return false; 9320 9321 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9322 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9323 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9324 return false; 9325 9326 return true; 9327 } 9328 9329 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9330 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9331 /// 9332 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9333 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9334 /// same declaration name. 9335 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9336 /// belongs to. 9337 /// 9338 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9339 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9340 return true; 9341 9342 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9343 // permit cases like 9344 // 9345 // void func(); 9346 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9347 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9348 // 9349 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9350 // 9351 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 9352 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 9353 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 9354 // the way of access checks. 9355 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9356 return false; 9357 9358 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 9359 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 9360 return !VD || !PrevVD || 9361 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 9362 PrevVD->getType()); 9363 } 9364 9365 namespace MultiVersioning { 9366 enum Type { None, Target, CPUSpecific, CPUDispatch}; 9367 } // MultiVersionType 9368 9369 static MultiVersioning::Type 9370 getMultiVersionType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9371 if (FD->hasAttr<TargetAttr>()) 9372 return MultiVersioning::Target; 9373 if (FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) 9374 return MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch; 9375 if (FD->hasAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>()) 9376 return MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific; 9377 return MultiVersioning::None; 9378 } 9379 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9380 /// validity. 9381 /// 9382 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9383 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9384 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9385 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9386 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9387 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9388 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9389 9390 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9391 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9392 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9393 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9394 return true; 9395 } 9396 9397 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9398 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9399 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9400 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9401 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9402 return true; 9403 } 9404 9405 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9406 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9407 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9408 << Feature << BareFeat; 9409 return true; 9410 } 9411 } 9412 return false; 9413 } 9414 9415 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9416 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9417 bool CausesMV, 9418 MultiVersioning::Type MVType) { 9419 enum DoesntSupport { 9420 FuncTemplates = 0, 9421 VirtFuncs = 1, 9422 DeducedReturn = 2, 9423 Constructors = 3, 9424 Destructors = 4, 9425 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9426 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 9427 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 9428 }; 9429 enum Different { 9430 CallingConv = 0, 9431 ReturnType = 1, 9432 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9433 InlineSpec = 3, 9434 StorageClass = 4, 9435 Linkage = 5 9436 }; 9437 9438 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 9439 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || 9440 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific; 9441 9442 if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9443 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9444 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9445 return true; 9446 } 9447 9448 if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9449 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9450 9451 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9452 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9453 if (OldFD) 9454 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9455 return true; 9456 } 9457 9458 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9459 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9460 if (CausesMV && OldFD && 9461 std::distance(OldFD->attr_begin(), OldFD->attr_end()) != 1) { 9462 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9463 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9464 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9465 return true; 9466 } 9467 9468 if (std::distance(NewFD->attr_begin(), NewFD->attr_end()) != 1) 9469 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9470 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9471 9472 if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9473 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9474 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << FuncTemplates; 9475 9476 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9477 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9478 return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), 9479 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9480 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << VirtFuncs; 9481 9482 if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9483 return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), 9484 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9485 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Constructors; 9486 9487 if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9488 return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), 9489 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9490 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Destructors; 9491 } 9492 9493 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9494 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9495 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeletedFuncs; 9496 9497 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9498 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9499 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DefaultedFuncs; 9500 9501 if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && (MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || 9502 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific)) 9503 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9504 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << ConstexprFuncs; 9505 9506 QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9507 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9508 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9509 9510 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9511 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9512 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeducedReturn; 9513 9514 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9515 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9516 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9517 9518 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9519 if (OldFD) { 9520 QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9521 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9522 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9523 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9524 9525 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9526 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9527 << CallingConv; 9528 9529 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9530 9531 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9532 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9533 << ReturnType; 9534 9535 if (OldFD->isConstexpr() != NewFD->isConstexpr()) 9536 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9537 << ConstexprSpec; 9538 9539 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9540 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9541 << InlineSpec; 9542 9543 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9544 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9545 << StorageClass; 9546 9547 if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9548 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9549 << Linkage; 9550 9551 if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9552 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9553 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9554 return true; 9555 } 9556 return false; 9557 } 9558 9559 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 9560 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9561 /// 9562 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9563 /// 9564 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9565 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 9566 MultiVersioning::Type MVType, 9567 const TargetAttr *TA, 9568 const CPUDispatchAttr *CPUDisp, 9569 const CPUSpecificAttr *CPUSpec) { 9570 assert(MVType != MultiVersioning::None && 9571 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 9572 9573 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 9574 // function. 9575 if (MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 9576 return false; 9577 9578 if (MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 9579 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9580 return true; 9581 } 9582 9583 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 9584 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9585 return true; 9586 } 9587 9588 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9589 return false; 9590 } 9591 9592 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 9593 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9594 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9595 LookupResult &Previous) { 9596 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9597 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9598 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 9599 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); 9600 9601 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 9602 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 9603 if (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) 9604 return false; 9605 9606 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 9607 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9608 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9609 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9610 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9611 return true; 9612 } 9613 9614 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 9615 MultiVersioning::Target)) { 9616 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9617 return true; 9618 } 9619 9620 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9622 return true; 9623 } 9624 9625 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 9626 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9627 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9628 return true; 9629 } 9630 9631 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = 9632 OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9633 9634 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 9635 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9636 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9637 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9638 return true; 9639 } 9640 9641 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 9642 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9643 if (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited()) { 9644 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9645 << 0; 9646 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9647 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9648 return true; 9649 } 9650 } 9651 9652 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9653 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9654 Redeclaration = false; 9655 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9656 OldDecl = nullptr; 9657 Previous.clear(); 9658 return false; 9659 } 9660 9661 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 9662 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 9663 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 9664 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9665 MultiVersioning::Type NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9666 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 9667 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9668 LookupResult &Previous) { 9669 9670 MultiVersioning::Type OldMVType = getMultiVersionType(OldFD); 9671 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 9672 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && 9673 NewMVType != MultiVersioning::Target) || 9674 (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && 9675 OldMVType != MultiVersioning::Target)) { 9676 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9677 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9678 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9679 return true; 9680 } 9681 9682 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 9683 if (NewTA) { 9684 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9685 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); 9686 } 9687 9688 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 9689 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 9690 9691 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 9692 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 9693 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 9694 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 9695 if (!CurFD) 9696 continue; 9697 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 9698 continue; 9699 9700 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target) { 9701 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9702 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 9703 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9704 Redeclaration = true; 9705 OldDecl = ND; 9706 return false; 9707 } 9708 9709 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = 9710 CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9711 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 9712 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9713 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9714 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9715 return true; 9716 } 9717 } else { 9718 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9719 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9720 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 9721 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 9722 // the redeclaration errors. 9723 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch && 9724 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 9725 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 9726 std::equal( 9727 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 9728 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 9729 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9730 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9731 })) { 9732 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9733 Redeclaration = true; 9734 OldDecl = ND; 9735 return false; 9736 } 9737 9738 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 9739 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 9740 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9741 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9742 return true; 9743 } 9744 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 9745 9746 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 9747 std::equal( 9748 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 9749 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 9750 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9751 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9752 })) { 9753 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9754 Redeclaration = true; 9755 OldDecl = ND; 9756 return false; 9757 } 9758 9759 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 9760 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9761 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9762 if (CurII == NewII) { 9763 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 9764 << NewII; 9765 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9766 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9767 return true; 9768 } 9769 } 9770 } 9771 } 9772 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 9773 // condition. 9774 } 9775 } 9776 9777 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 9778 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 9779 // handled in the attribute adding step. 9780 if (NewMVType == MultiVersioning::Target && 9781 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9782 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9783 return true; 9784 } 9785 9786 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, false, NewMVType)) { 9787 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9788 return true; 9789 } 9790 9791 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9792 Redeclaration = false; 9793 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9794 OldDecl = nullptr; 9795 Previous.clear(); 9796 return false; 9797 } 9798 9799 9800 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 9801 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9802 /// 9803 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9804 /// 9805 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9806 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9807 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 9808 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9809 LookupResult &Previous) { 9810 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9811 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9812 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9813 9814 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 9815 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 9816 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 9817 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9818 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9819 return true; 9820 } 9821 9822 MultiVersioning::Type MVType = getMultiVersionType(NewFD); 9823 9824 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 9825 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 9826 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 9827 if ((MVType == MultiVersioning::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 9828 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUDispatch || 9829 MVType == MultiVersioning::CPUSpecific) { 9830 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 9831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9832 return true; 9833 } 9834 return false; 9835 } 9836 9837 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 9838 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 9839 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 9840 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 9841 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 9842 if (MVType == MultiVersioning::None) 9843 return false; 9844 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, 9845 NewCPUSpec); 9846 } 9847 9848 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 9849 9850 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::None) 9851 return false; 9852 9853 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::None) { 9854 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9855 << (getMultiVersionType(OldFD) != MultiVersioning::Target); 9856 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9857 return true; 9858 } 9859 9860 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 9861 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersioning::Target) 9862 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 9863 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 9864 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 9865 // Previous declarations lack CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific. 9866 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 9867 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9868 << 1; 9869 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9870 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9871 return true; 9872 } 9873 9874 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 9875 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 9876 // still compatible with previous declarations. 9877 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 9878 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 9879 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 9880 } 9881 9882 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9883 /// 9884 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9885 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9886 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9887 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9888 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9889 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9890 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9891 /// 9892 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9893 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9894 /// previous declaration). 9895 /// 9896 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9897 /// 9898 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9899 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9900 LookupResult &Previous, 9901 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9902 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9903 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9904 9905 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9906 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9907 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9908 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9909 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9910 9911 bool Redeclaration = false; 9912 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9913 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9914 9915 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9916 // the same name, if appropriate. 9917 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9918 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9919 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9920 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9921 // function to the scope. 9922 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9923 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9924 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9925 Redeclaration = true; 9926 OldDecl = Candidate; 9927 } 9928 } else { 9929 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9930 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9931 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9932 case Ovl_Match: 9933 Redeclaration = true; 9934 break; 9935 9936 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9937 Redeclaration = true; 9938 break; 9939 9940 case Ovl_Overload: 9941 Redeclaration = false; 9942 break; 9943 } 9944 } 9945 } 9946 9947 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9948 if (!Redeclaration && 9949 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9950 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9951 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9952 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9953 Redeclaration = true; 9954 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9955 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9956 9957 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9958 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9959 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9960 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9961 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9962 Redeclaration = false; 9963 OldDecl = nullptr; 9964 } 9965 } 9966 } 9967 } 9968 9969 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 9970 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 9971 return Redeclaration; 9972 9973 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9974 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9975 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9976 // 9977 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9978 // definition of a static member function. 9979 // 9980 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9981 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9982 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9983 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9984 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9985 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9986 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9987 if (OldDecl) 9988 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9989 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9990 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9991 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9992 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9993 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9994 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9995 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9996 9997 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9998 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9999 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10000 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10001 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10002 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10003 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10004 10005 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10006 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10007 } 10008 } 10009 } 10010 10011 if (Redeclaration) { 10012 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10013 // merged. 10014 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10015 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10016 return Redeclaration; 10017 } 10018 10019 Previous.clear(); 10020 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10021 10022 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10023 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10024 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10025 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10026 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10027 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10028 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10029 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10030 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10031 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10032 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10033 } 10034 10035 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10036 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10037 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10038 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10039 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10040 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10041 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10042 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10043 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10044 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10045 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10046 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10047 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10048 } 10049 } 10050 10051 } else { 10052 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10053 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10054 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10055 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10056 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10057 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10058 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10059 } 10060 } 10061 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10062 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10063 assert((Previous.empty() || 10064 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10065 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10066 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10067 })) && 10068 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10069 10070 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10071 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10072 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10073 }); 10074 10075 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10076 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10077 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10078 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10079 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10080 << false; 10081 10082 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10083 } 10084 } 10085 10086 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10087 10088 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10089 // C++-specific checks. 10090 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10091 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10092 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10093 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10094 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10095 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10096 10097 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10098 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10099 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10100 DeclarationName Name 10101 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10102 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10103 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10104 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10105 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10106 return Redeclaration; 10107 } 10108 } 10109 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 10110 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 10111 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10112 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10113 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10114 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10115 10116 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10117 // explicitly specialized. 10118 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10119 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10120 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10121 } 10122 10123 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10124 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10125 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10126 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10127 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10128 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 10129 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 10130 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10131 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 10132 } 10133 } 10134 } 10135 10136 if (Method->isStatic()) 10137 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10138 } 10139 10140 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10141 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10142 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10143 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10144 return Redeclaration; 10145 } 10146 10147 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10148 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10149 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10150 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10151 return Redeclaration; 10152 } 10153 10154 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10155 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10156 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10157 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10158 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10159 10160 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10161 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10162 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10163 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10164 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 10165 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10166 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10167 // specification, that's OK. 10168 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10169 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10170 if (!T.isNull() && 10171 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10172 NewFD->getType())) 10173 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10174 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10175 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10176 } 10177 10178 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10179 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10180 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10181 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10182 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10183 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10184 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10185 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10186 << NewFD << R; 10187 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10188 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10189 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10190 } 10191 10192 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10193 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10194 // [is] part of the function type 10195 // 10196 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10197 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10198 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10199 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10200 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10201 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10202 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10203 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10204 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10205 // restricted prior to C++17. 10206 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10207 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10208 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10209 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10210 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10211 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10212 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10213 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10214 return true; 10215 return false; 10216 }; 10217 10218 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10219 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10220 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10221 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10222 if (AnyNoexcept) 10223 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10224 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10225 << NewFD; 10226 } 10227 10228 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10229 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10230 } 10231 return Redeclaration; 10232 } 10233 10234 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10235 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10236 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10237 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10238 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10239 // appear in a declaration of main. 10240 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10241 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10242 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10243 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10244 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10245 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10246 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10247 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10248 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10249 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10250 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10251 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10252 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10253 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10254 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10255 } 10256 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10257 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10258 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10259 FD->setConstexpr(false); 10260 } 10261 10262 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10263 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10264 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10265 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10266 return; 10267 } 10268 10269 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10270 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10271 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10272 10273 // Set default calling convention for main() 10274 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 10275 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 10276 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 10277 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 10278 } 10279 10280 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10281 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 10282 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 10283 // implicit-return-zero rule. 10284 10285 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 10286 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10287 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10288 else { 10289 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 10290 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10291 if (RTRange.isValid()) 10292 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 10293 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 10294 } 10295 } else { 10296 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 10297 // set the flag which tells us that. 10298 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 10299 10300 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 10301 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10302 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10303 else { 10304 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 10305 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10306 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 10307 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 10308 : FixItHint()); 10309 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10310 } 10311 } 10312 10313 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 10314 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 10315 10316 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 10317 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 10318 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 10319 10320 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 10321 10322 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 10323 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 10324 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 10325 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 10326 } 10327 10328 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 10329 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 10330 // getting shifty. 10331 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 10332 HasExtraParameters = false; 10333 10334 if (HasExtraParameters) { 10335 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 10336 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10337 nparams = 3; 10338 } 10339 10340 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10341 // if we had some location information about types. 10342 10343 QualType CharPP = 10344 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10345 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10346 10347 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10348 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10349 10350 bool mismatch = true; 10351 10352 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10353 mismatch = false; 10354 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10355 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10356 // char const ** 10357 // char const * const * 10358 // char * const * 10359 10360 QualifierCollector qs; 10361 const PointerType* PT; 10362 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10363 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10364 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10365 Context.CharTy)) { 10366 qs.removeConst(); 10367 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10368 } 10369 } 10370 10371 if (mismatch) { 10372 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10373 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10374 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10375 } 10376 } 10377 10378 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10379 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10380 } 10381 10382 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10383 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10384 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10385 } 10386 } 10387 10388 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10389 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10390 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10391 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10392 10393 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10394 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10395 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10396 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10397 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10398 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10399 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10400 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10401 10402 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10403 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10404 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10405 } 10406 } 10407 10408 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10409 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10410 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10411 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10412 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10413 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10414 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10415 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10416 // rules there don't matter.) 10417 const Expr *Culprit; 10418 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10419 return false; 10420 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10421 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10422 return true; 10423 } 10424 10425 namespace { 10426 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10427 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10428 class SelfReferenceChecker 10429 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10430 Sema &S; 10431 Decl *OrigDecl; 10432 bool isRecordType; 10433 bool isPODType; 10434 bool isReferenceType; 10435 10436 bool isInitList; 10437 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10438 10439 public: 10440 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10441 10442 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10443 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10444 isPODType = false; 10445 isRecordType = false; 10446 isReferenceType = false; 10447 isInitList = false; 10448 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10449 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10450 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10451 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10452 } 10453 } 10454 10455 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10456 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10457 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10458 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10459 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10460 if (!InitList) { 10461 Visit(E); 10462 return; 10463 } 10464 10465 // Track and increment the index here. 10466 isInitList = true; 10467 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10468 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10469 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10470 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10471 } 10472 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10473 } 10474 10475 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10476 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10477 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10478 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10479 Expr *Base = E; 10480 bool ReferenceField = false; 10481 10482 // Get the field memebers used. 10483 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10484 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10485 if (!FD) 10486 return false; 10487 Fields.push_back(FD); 10488 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10489 ReferenceField = true; 10490 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10491 } 10492 10493 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10494 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10495 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10496 return false; 10497 10498 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10499 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10500 return true; 10501 10502 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10503 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10504 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10505 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10506 10507 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10508 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10509 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10510 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10511 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10512 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10513 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10514 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10515 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10516 return true; 10517 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10518 break; 10519 } 10520 10521 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 10522 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10523 return true; 10524 } 10525 10526 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 10527 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 10528 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 10529 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 10530 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10531 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 10532 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10533 return; 10534 } 10535 10536 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10537 Visit(CO->getCond()); 10538 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 10539 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 10540 return; 10541 } 10542 10543 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 10544 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10545 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 10546 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 10547 return; 10548 } 10549 10550 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 10551 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 10552 return; 10553 } 10554 10555 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10556 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 10557 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 10558 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 10559 return; 10560 } 10561 } 10562 10563 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 10564 if (isInitList) { 10565 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 10566 false /*CheckReference*/)) 10567 return; 10568 } 10569 10570 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10571 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10572 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 10573 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10574 return; 10575 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10576 } 10577 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 10578 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10579 return; 10580 } 10581 10582 Visit(E); 10583 } 10584 10585 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 10586 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 10587 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10588 if (isReferenceType) 10589 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 10590 } 10591 10592 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 10593 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 10594 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10595 return; 10596 } 10597 10598 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10599 } 10600 10601 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10602 if (isInitList) { 10603 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 10604 return; 10605 } 10606 10607 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 10608 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 10609 10610 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 10611 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 10612 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 10613 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 10614 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10615 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10616 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10617 Warn = false; 10618 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10619 } 10620 10621 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 10622 if (Warn) 10623 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10624 return; 10625 } 10626 10627 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 10628 // Visit that expression. 10629 Visit(Base); 10630 } 10631 10632 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 10633 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 10634 10635 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 10636 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 10637 10638 Visit(Callee); 10639 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 10640 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 10641 } 10642 10643 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 10644 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 10645 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 10646 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 10647 if (!isPODType) 10648 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10649 return; 10650 } 10651 10652 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 10653 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10654 return; 10655 } 10656 10657 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 10658 } 10659 10660 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 10661 10662 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10663 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 10664 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 10665 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10666 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 10667 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 10668 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10669 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 10670 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 10671 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 10672 return; 10673 } 10674 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10675 } 10676 10677 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10678 // Treat std::move as a use. 10679 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 10680 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 10681 return; 10682 } 10683 10684 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 10685 } 10686 10687 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10688 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10689 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10690 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10691 return; 10692 } 10693 10694 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10695 } 10696 10697 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10698 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10699 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10700 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10701 Visit(E->getCond()); 10702 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10703 } 10704 10705 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10706 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10707 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10708 unsigned diag; 10709 if (isReferenceType) { 10710 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10711 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10712 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10713 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10714 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10715 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10716 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10717 } else { 10718 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10719 return; 10720 } 10721 10722 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 10723 S.PDiag(diag) 10724 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10725 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10726 } 10727 }; 10728 10729 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10730 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10731 bool DirectInit) { 10732 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10733 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10734 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10735 return; 10736 10737 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10738 10739 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10740 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10741 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10742 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10743 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10744 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10745 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10746 return; 10747 10748 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10749 } 10750 } // end anonymous namespace 10751 10752 namespace { 10753 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10754 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10755 struct VarDeclOrName { 10756 VarDecl *VDecl; 10757 DeclarationName Name; 10758 10759 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10760 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10761 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10762 } 10763 }; 10764 } // end anonymous namespace 10765 10766 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10767 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10768 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10769 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10770 Expr *Init) { 10771 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10772 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10773 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10774 10775 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10776 10777 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10778 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10779 10780 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10781 if (!Init) { 10782 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10783 10784 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 10785 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 10786 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 10787 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 10788 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10789 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10790 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10791 return QualType(); 10792 } 10793 } 10794 10795 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 10796 if (Init) 10797 DeduceInits = Init; 10798 10799 if (DirectInit) { 10800 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10801 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10802 } 10803 10804 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10805 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10806 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10807 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10808 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10809 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10810 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10811 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10812 InitsCopy); 10813 } 10814 10815 if (DirectInit) { 10816 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10817 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10818 } 10819 10820 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10821 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10822 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10823 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10824 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 10825 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10826 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10827 << VN << Type << Range; 10828 return QualType(); 10829 } 10830 10831 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10832 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 10833 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10834 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10835 << VN << Type << Range; 10836 return QualType(); 10837 } 10838 10839 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10840 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10841 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 10842 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10843 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10844 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10845 return QualType(); 10846 } 10847 10848 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10849 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10850 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10851 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10852 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10853 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10854 return QualType(); 10855 } 10856 Init = Result.get(); 10857 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10858 } 10859 10860 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10861 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10862 // is present, e has type cv A 10863 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10864 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10865 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10866 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10867 Type.getQualifiers()); 10868 10869 QualType DeducedType; 10870 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10871 if (!IsInitCapture) 10872 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10873 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10874 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10875 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10876 << VN 10877 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10878 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10879 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10880 else 10881 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10882 << VN << TSI->getType() 10883 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10884 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10885 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10886 } 10887 10888 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10889 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10890 // checks. 10891 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10892 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10893 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10894 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10895 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10896 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10897 } 10898 10899 return DeducedType; 10900 } 10901 10902 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10903 Expr *Init) { 10904 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10905 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10906 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10907 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10908 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10909 return true; 10910 } 10911 10912 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10913 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10914 10915 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10916 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10917 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10918 10919 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10920 // the previously declared type. 10921 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10922 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10923 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10924 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10925 } 10926 10927 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10928 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10929 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10930 } 10931 10932 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10933 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10934 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10935 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10936 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10937 // the initializer. 10938 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10939 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10940 return; 10941 } 10942 10943 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10944 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10945 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10946 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10947 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10948 return; 10949 } 10950 10951 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10952 if (!VDecl) { 10953 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10954 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10955 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10956 return; 10957 } 10958 10959 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10960 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10961 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10962 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10963 // TypoExpr. 10964 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10965 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10966 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10967 return; 10968 } 10969 Init = Res.get(); 10970 10971 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10972 return; 10973 } 10974 10975 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10976 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10977 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10978 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10979 return; 10980 } 10981 10982 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10983 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10984 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10985 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10986 return; 10987 } 10988 10989 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10990 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10991 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10992 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10993 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10994 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10995 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10996 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10997 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10998 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10999 return; 11000 } 11001 11002 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11003 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 11004 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11005 AbstractVariableType)) 11006 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11007 } 11008 11009 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 11010 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 11011 // handle the situation. 11012 VarDecl *Def; 11013 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 11014 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 11015 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 11016 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 11017 return; 11018 11019 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11020 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 11021 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 11022 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11023 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 11024 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 11025 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 11026 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 11027 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 11028 // 11029 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 11030 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 11031 // declaration with an initializer. 11032 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 11033 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 11034 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 11035 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 11036 diag::note_previous_initializer) 11037 << 0; 11038 return; 11039 } 11040 11041 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11042 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11043 11044 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 11045 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11046 return; 11047 } 11048 } 11049 11050 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 11051 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 11052 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 11053 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 11054 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11055 return; 11056 } 11057 11058 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 11059 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 11060 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 11061 11062 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 11063 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 11064 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 11065 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 11066 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11067 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11068 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11069 return; 11070 } 11071 Init = Result.get(); 11072 } 11073 11074 // Perform the initialization. 11075 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 11076 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11077 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11078 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11079 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11080 11081 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 11082 if (CXXDirectInit) 11083 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 11084 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 11085 11086 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 11087 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 11088 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 11089 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 11090 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 11091 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 11092 }); 11093 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 11094 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11095 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 11096 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 11097 } 11098 } 11099 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11100 return; 11101 11102 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 11103 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 11104 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 11105 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 11106 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11107 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11108 return; 11109 } 11110 11111 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 11112 } 11113 11114 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 11115 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 11116 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 11117 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 11118 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 11119 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 11120 } 11121 11122 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 11123 // completed by the initializer. For example: 11124 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 11125 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 11126 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 11127 VDecl->setType(DclT); 11128 11129 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11130 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 11131 11132 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11133 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 11134 11135 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 11136 // Although this code can still have problems: 11137 // id x = self.weakProp; 11138 // id y = self.weakProp; 11139 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 11140 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 11141 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 11142 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 11143 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 11144 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 11145 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 11146 Init->getBeginLoc())) 11147 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 11148 } 11149 11150 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 11151 // 11152 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 11153 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 11154 // full-expression. For instance, in: 11155 // 11156 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 11157 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 11158 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 11159 // 11160 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 11161 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 11162 false, 11163 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 11164 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11165 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11166 return; 11167 } 11168 Init = Result.get(); 11169 11170 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 11171 VDecl->setInit(Init); 11172 11173 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 11174 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 11175 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11176 // do nothing 11177 11178 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 11179 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 11180 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 11181 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11182 11183 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 11184 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11185 // do nothing 11186 11187 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 11188 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 11189 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11190 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11191 11192 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 11193 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 11194 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 11195 // constant expressions. 11196 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 11197 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11198 const Expr *Culprit; 11199 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 11200 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 11201 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 11202 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11203 } 11204 } 11205 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 11206 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 11207 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 11208 // 11209 // struct S { 11210 // static const int value = 17; 11211 // }; 11212 11213 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 11214 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 11215 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 11216 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 11217 // 11218 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 11219 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 11220 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11221 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 11222 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 11223 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 11224 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 11225 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 11226 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 11227 11228 // Do nothing on dependent types. 11229 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 11230 11231 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 11232 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 11233 // type. 11234 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 11235 11236 // Require constness. 11237 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 11238 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 11239 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11240 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11241 11242 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 11243 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11244 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 11245 SourceLocation Loc; 11246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 11247 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 11248 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 11249 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 11250 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 11251 ; // Nothing to check. 11252 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 11253 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 11254 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 11255 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 11256 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 11257 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11258 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 11259 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 11260 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11261 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11262 } else { 11263 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 11264 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 11265 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11266 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11267 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11268 } 11269 11270 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 11271 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 11272 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 11273 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 11274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11275 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 11276 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11277 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11278 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 11279 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11280 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 11281 } else { 11282 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 11283 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11284 11285 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11286 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11287 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11288 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11289 } 11290 } 11291 11292 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 11293 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 11294 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 11295 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 11296 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 11297 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 11298 11299 } else { 11300 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 11301 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11302 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11303 } 11304 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 11305 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 11306 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 11307 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 11308 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 11309 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 11310 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 11311 // C++ rules. 11312 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 11313 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 11314 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 11315 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 11316 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 11317 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 11318 11319 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 11320 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11321 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11322 } 11323 11324 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 11325 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 11326 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 11327 // 11328 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 11329 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 11330 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 11331 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 11332 // special case code. 11333 11334 // C++ 8.5p11: 11335 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 11336 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 11337 // class type. 11338 if (CXXDirectInit) { 11339 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 11340 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11341 } else if (DirectInit) { 11342 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 11343 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 11344 } 11345 11346 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 11347 } 11348 11349 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 11350 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 11351 /// of sanity. 11352 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 11353 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 11354 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 11355 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11356 11357 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11358 if (!VD) return; 11359 11360 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11361 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 11362 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 11363 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 11364 11365 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11366 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 11367 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11368 return; 11369 } 11370 11371 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 11372 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 11373 11374 // Require a complete type. 11375 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 11376 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 11377 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11378 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11379 return; 11380 } 11381 11382 // Require a non-abstract type. 11383 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 11384 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11385 AbstractVariableType)) { 11386 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11387 return; 11388 } 11389 11390 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 11391 // though. 11392 } 11393 11394 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 11395 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 11396 if (!RealDecl) 11397 return; 11398 11399 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11400 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 11401 11402 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 11403 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11404 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 11405 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11406 return; 11407 } 11408 11409 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 11410 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 11411 return; 11412 11413 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 11414 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 11415 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 11416 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 11417 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 11418 // member. 11419 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11420 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 11421 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 11422 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 11423 // a definition there. 11424 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { 11425 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11426 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 11427 << Var->getDeclName(); 11428 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11429 return; 11430 } 11431 } else { 11432 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 11433 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11434 return; 11435 } 11436 } 11437 11438 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 11439 // be initialized. 11440 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11441 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 11442 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 11443 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 11444 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11445 return; 11446 } 11447 11448 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11449 case VarDecl::Definition: 11450 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 11451 break; 11452 11453 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 11454 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 11455 // a declaration. 11456 // 11457 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 11458 11459 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 11460 // It's only a declaration. 11461 11462 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 11463 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 11464 // object shall be complete. 11465 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 11466 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11467 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11468 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 11469 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11470 11471 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 11472 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11473 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11474 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11475 AbstractVariableType)) 11476 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11477 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11478 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 11479 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 11480 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 11481 } 11482 11483 return; 11484 11485 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 11486 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 11487 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 11488 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 11489 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 11490 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 11491 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 11492 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 11493 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 11494 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11495 ArrayT->getElementType(), 11496 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 11497 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11498 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11499 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 11500 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 11501 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 11502 // NOTE: code such as the following 11503 // static struct s; 11504 // struct s { int a; }; 11505 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 11506 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 11507 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 11508 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 11509 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11510 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 11511 } 11512 } 11513 11514 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 11515 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11516 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 11517 return; 11518 } 11519 11520 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11521 // definitions with incomplete array type. 11522 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 11523 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11524 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 11525 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11526 return; 11527 } 11528 11529 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11530 // definitions with reference type. 11531 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 11532 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 11533 << Var->getDeclName() 11534 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 11535 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11536 return; 11537 } 11538 11539 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 11540 // variable with dependent type. 11541 if (Type->isDependentType()) 11542 return; 11543 11544 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11545 return; 11546 11547 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11548 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11549 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 11550 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11551 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11552 return; 11553 } 11554 } else { 11555 return; 11556 } 11557 11558 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11559 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11560 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11561 AbstractVariableType)) { 11562 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11563 return; 11564 } 11565 11566 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 11567 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 11568 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 11569 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 11570 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 11571 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 11572 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 11573 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 11574 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 11575 // types and is declared without an initializer. 11576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11577 if (const RecordType *Record 11578 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11579 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 11580 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 11581 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 11582 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 11583 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 11584 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11585 } 11586 } 11587 11588 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 11589 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 11590 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 11591 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 11592 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 11593 // type shall have a user-declared default 11594 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 11595 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 11596 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 11597 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 11598 // program is ill-formed. 11599 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 11600 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 11601 // default-initialized; [...]. 11602 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 11603 InitializationKind Kind 11604 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 11605 11606 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11607 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11608 if (Init.isInvalid()) 11609 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11610 else if (Init.get()) { 11611 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 11612 // This is important for template substitution. 11613 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11614 } 11615 11616 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 11617 } 11618 } 11619 11620 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 11621 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 11622 if (!D) 11623 return; 11624 11625 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11626 if (!VD) { 11627 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 11628 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11629 return; 11630 } 11631 11632 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11633 11634 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 11635 int Error = -1; 11636 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 11637 case SC_None: 11638 break; 11639 case SC_Extern: 11640 Error = 0; 11641 break; 11642 case SC_Static: 11643 Error = 1; 11644 break; 11645 case SC_PrivateExtern: 11646 Error = 2; 11647 break; 11648 case SC_Auto: 11649 Error = 3; 11650 break; 11651 case SC_Register: 11652 Error = 4; 11653 break; 11654 } 11655 if (Error != -1) { 11656 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 11657 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 11658 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11659 } 11660 } 11661 11662 StmtResult 11663 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 11664 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 11665 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 11666 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 11667 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 11668 // A range-based for statement of the form 11669 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11670 // is equivalent to 11671 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11672 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11673 11674 const char *PrevSpec; 11675 unsigned DiagID; 11676 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 11677 getPrintingPolicy()); 11678 11679 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 11680 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 11681 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 11682 11683 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11684 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 11685 IdentLoc); 11686 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 11687 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11688 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 11689 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11690 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11691 } 11692 11693 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11694 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11695 11696 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11697 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11698 // initialiser 11699 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11700 !var->hasInit()) { 11701 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11702 << 1 /*Init*/; 11703 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11704 return; 11705 } 11706 } 11707 11708 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11709 // local retaining variable. 11710 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11711 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11712 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11713 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11714 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11715 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11716 break; 11717 11718 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11719 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11720 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11721 break; 11722 } 11723 } 11724 11725 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 11726 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 11727 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11728 11729 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11730 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11731 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11732 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11733 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11734 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11735 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11736 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11737 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11738 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 11739 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11740 var->getLocation())) { 11741 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11742 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11743 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11744 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11745 11746 if (!prev) 11747 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11748 } 11749 11750 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11751 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11752 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11753 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11754 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11755 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11756 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11757 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11758 }; 11759 11760 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11761 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11762 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11763 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11764 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11765 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11766 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11767 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11768 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11769 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11770 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11771 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11772 // initialization. 11773 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11774 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11775 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11777 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11778 } 11779 } 11780 } 11781 11782 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11783 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11784 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11785 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11786 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11787 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11788 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11789 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11790 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11791 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11792 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11793 } else { 11794 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11795 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11796 } 11797 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11798 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11799 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11800 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11801 } 11802 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11803 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11804 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11805 11806 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11807 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11808 // attribute. 11809 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11810 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11811 CurInitSegLoc)); 11812 } 11813 11814 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11815 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11816 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11817 // current module. 11818 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11819 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11820 return; 11821 } 11822 11823 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11824 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11825 11826 QualType type = var->getType(); 11827 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11828 11829 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11830 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11831 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11832 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11833 11834 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11835 // constructing this copy. 11836 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11837 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11838 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11839 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11840 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11841 ExprResult result 11842 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11843 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11844 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11845 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11846 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11847 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11848 Context.setBlockVarCopyInit(var, init, canThrow(init)); 11849 } 11850 11851 // The destructor's exception spefication is needed when IRGen generates 11852 // block copy/destroy functions. Resolve it here. 11853 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11854 if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor()) { 11855 auto *FPT = DD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11856 FPT = ResolveExceptionSpec(poi, FPT); 11857 } 11858 } 11859 } 11860 11861 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11862 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11863 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11864 11865 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11866 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11867 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11868 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11869 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11870 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11871 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11872 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11873 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11874 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11875 Notes.clear(); 11876 } 11877 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11878 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11879 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11880 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11881 } 11882 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11883 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11884 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11885 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11886 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11887 } 11888 11889 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11890 // were just diagnosed. 11891 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11892 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11893 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11894 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11895 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11896 if (DiagErr) { 11897 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11898 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11899 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11900 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11901 << attr->getRange(); 11902 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11903 APValue Value; 11904 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11905 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11906 for (auto &it : Notes) 11907 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11908 } else { 11909 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11910 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11911 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11912 } 11913 } 11914 } 11915 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11916 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11917 var->getLocation())) { 11918 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11919 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11920 // warned about them. 11921 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11922 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11923 if (!checkConstInit()) 11924 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11925 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11926 } 11927 } 11928 } 11929 11930 // Require the destructor. 11931 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11932 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11933 11934 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11935 // module. 11936 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11937 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11938 } 11939 11940 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11941 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11942 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11943 return true; 11944 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11945 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11946 return true; 11947 return false; 11948 } 11949 11950 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11951 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11952 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11953 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11954 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11955 11956 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11957 if (!VD) 11958 return; 11959 11960 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11961 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11962 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11963 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11964 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11965 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11966 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11967 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11968 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11969 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11970 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11971 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11972 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11973 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11974 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11975 } 11976 11977 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11978 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11979 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11980 } 11981 } 11982 11983 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11984 11985 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11986 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11987 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11988 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11989 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11990 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11991 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11992 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11993 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11994 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11995 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11996 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11997 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11998 } 11999 } 12000 } 12001 12002 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 12003 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 12004 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 12005 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 12006 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 12007 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 12008 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12009 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12010 } 12011 // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 12012 // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device 12013 // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. 12014 // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable 12015 // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static 12016 // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. 12017 [&]() { 12018 if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) 12019 return; 12020 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) 12021 return; 12022 if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && 12023 !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 12024 return; 12025 if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 12026 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 12027 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 12028 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12029 }(); 12030 } 12031 } 12032 12033 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 12034 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 12035 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 12036 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 12037 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 12038 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 12039 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 12040 12041 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 12042 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 12043 12044 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 12045 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 12046 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 12047 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12048 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 12049 // with a warning. 12050 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 12051 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 12052 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 12053 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 12054 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12055 12056 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 12057 IsClassTemplateMember 12058 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 12059 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 12060 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12061 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 12062 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12063 } 12064 } 12065 12066 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 12067 // isn't exported with the variable. 12068 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 12069 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12070 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 12071 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12072 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 12073 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 12074 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 12075 } else { 12076 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 12077 << DLLAttr; 12078 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12079 } 12080 } 12081 12082 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 12083 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12084 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 12085 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 12086 } 12087 } 12088 12089 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 12090 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 12091 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 12092 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 12093 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 12094 12095 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 12096 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 12097 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 12098 12099 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 12100 // tag values. 12101 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 12102 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 12103 return; 12104 12105 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 12106 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 12107 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 12108 continue; 12109 } 12110 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 12111 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 12112 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12113 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 12114 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12115 continue; 12116 } 12117 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 12118 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12119 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 12120 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12121 continue; 12122 } 12123 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 12124 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 12125 MagicValue, 12126 I->getMatchingCType(), 12127 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 12128 I->getMustBeNull()); 12129 } 12130 } 12131 12132 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 12133 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 12134 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 12135 } 12136 12137 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 12138 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12139 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 12140 12141 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 12142 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 12143 12144 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12145 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12146 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 12147 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 12148 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 12149 12150 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12151 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 12152 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 12153 // to perform. 12154 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 12155 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 12156 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 12157 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 12158 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 12159 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 12160 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 12161 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 12162 12163 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 12164 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 12165 // declaration in the same group. 12166 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 12167 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 12168 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 12169 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12170 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12171 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 12172 } 12173 12174 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 12175 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 12176 // declarator in the same group. 12177 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 12178 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 12179 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 12180 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 12181 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 12182 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12183 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12184 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 12185 } 12186 } 12187 } 12188 12189 Decls.push_back(D); 12190 } 12191 } 12192 12193 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 12194 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 12195 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 12196 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 12197 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12198 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 12199 } 12200 } 12201 12202 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 12203 } 12204 12205 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 12206 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 12207 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 12208 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12209 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 12210 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 12211 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 12212 if (Group.size() > 1) { 12213 QualType Deduced; 12214 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 12215 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12216 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 12217 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 12218 break; 12219 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 12220 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 12221 continue; 12222 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 12223 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 12224 DeducedDecl = D; 12225 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 12226 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 12227 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 12228 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 12229 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 12230 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 12231 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 12232 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 12233 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 12234 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12235 break; 12236 } 12237 } 12238 } 12239 12240 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 12241 12242 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 12243 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 12244 } 12245 12246 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 12247 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 12248 } 12249 12250 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12251 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 12252 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 12253 return; 12254 12255 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 12256 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 12257 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 12258 Group[0]->getLocation())) 12259 return; 12260 12261 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 12262 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 12263 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 12264 // additional declaration references: 12265 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 12266 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 12267 // 'struct S *pS;' 12268 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 12269 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 12270 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 12271 Group = Group.slice(1); 12272 } 12273 } 12274 12275 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 12276 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 12277 if (!Comments.empty() && 12278 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 12279 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 12280 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 12281 // 12282 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 12283 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 12284 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 12285 // ahead through comments. 12286 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 12287 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 12288 } 12289 } 12290 12291 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 12292 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 12293 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 12294 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 12295 12296 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 12297 12298 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 12299 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 12300 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 12301 SC = SC_Register; 12302 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 12303 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 12304 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12305 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12306 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 12307 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 12308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 12309 } 12310 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12311 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 12312 SC = SC_Auto; 12313 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 12314 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12315 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 12316 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 12317 } 12318 12319 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12320 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 12321 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12322 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 12323 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 12324 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 12325 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 12326 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 12327 << 0; 12328 12329 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 12330 12331 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12332 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 12333 12334 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12335 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 12336 // parameter. 12337 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12338 12339 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 12340 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 12341 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 12342 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 12343 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 12344 } 12345 } 12346 12347 // Ensure we have a valid name 12348 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 12349 if (D.hasName()) { 12350 II = D.getIdentifier(); 12351 if (!II) { 12352 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 12353 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 12354 D.setInvalidType(true); 12355 } 12356 } 12357 12358 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 12359 if (II) { 12360 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 12361 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 12362 LookupName(R, S); 12363 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 12364 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 12365 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12366 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12367 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12368 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12369 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12370 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12371 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 12372 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12373 12374 // Recover by removing the name 12375 II = nullptr; 12376 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 12377 D.setInvalidType(true); 12378 } 12379 } 12380 } 12381 12382 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 12383 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 12384 // looking like class members in C++. 12385 ParmVarDecl *New = 12386 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 12387 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 12388 12389 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12390 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12391 12392 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 12393 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 12394 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 12395 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 12396 12397 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 12398 S->AddDecl(New); 12399 if (II) 12400 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 12401 12402 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 12403 12404 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12405 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12406 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 12407 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12408 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12409 12410 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 12411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 12412 } 12413 return New; 12414 } 12415 12416 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 12417 /// typedef. 12418 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 12419 SourceLocation Loc, 12420 QualType T) { 12421 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 12422 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 12423 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 12424 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 12425 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 12426 SC_None, nullptr); 12427 Param->setImplicit(); 12428 return Param; 12429 } 12430 12431 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 12432 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 12433 // will already have done so in the template itself. 12434 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 12435 return; 12436 12437 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12438 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 12439 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 12440 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 12441 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 12442 } 12443 } 12444 } 12445 12446 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 12447 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 12448 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 12449 return; 12450 12451 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12452 // threshold. 12453 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 12454 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 12455 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12456 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 12457 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 12458 } 12459 12460 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12461 // threshold. 12462 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12463 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 12464 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 12465 continue; 12466 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 12467 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12468 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 12469 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 12470 } 12471 } 12472 12473 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 12474 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 12475 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 12476 StorageClass SC) { 12477 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 12478 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 12479 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 12480 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 12481 12482 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 12483 12484 // Special cases for arrays: 12485 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 12486 // - otherwise, it's an error 12487 if (T->isArrayType()) { 12488 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 12489 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 12490 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 12491 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 12492 } 12493 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 12494 } else { 12495 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 12496 } 12497 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 12498 } 12499 12500 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 12501 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 12502 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 12503 12504 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 12505 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 12506 // the class has been completely parsed. 12507 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 12508 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12509 AbstractParamType)) 12510 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12511 12512 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 12513 // passed by reference. 12514 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 12515 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 12516 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 12517 Diag(NameLoc, 12518 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 12519 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 12520 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 12521 New->setType(T); 12522 } 12523 12524 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 12525 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 12526 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 12527 // an address space. 12528 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 12529 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 12530 // to be qualified with an address space. 12531 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12532 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 12533 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 12534 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12535 } 12536 12537 return New; 12538 } 12539 12540 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 12541 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 12542 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 12543 12544 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 12545 // for a K&R function. 12546 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 12547 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 12548 --i; 12549 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 12550 SmallString<256> Code; 12551 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 12552 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 12553 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 12554 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 12555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 12556 12557 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 12558 // type. 12559 AttributeFactory attrs; 12560 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 12561 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 12562 unsigned DiagID; // unused 12563 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 12564 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12565 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 12566 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12567 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12568 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 12569 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12570 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 12571 } 12572 } 12573 } 12574 } 12575 12576 Decl * 12577 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 12578 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12579 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12580 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 12581 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 12582 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 12583 12584 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 12585 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 12586 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 12587 } 12588 12589 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 12590 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 12591 } 12592 12593 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 12594 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12595 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 12596 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12597 return false; 12598 12599 // Or declarations that aren't global. 12600 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 12601 return false; 12602 12603 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 12604 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 12605 return false; 12606 12607 // Don't warn about 'main'. 12608 if (FD->isMain()) 12609 return false; 12610 12611 // Don't warn about inline functions. 12612 if (FD->isInlined()) 12613 return false; 12614 12615 // Don't warn about function templates. 12616 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12617 return false; 12618 12619 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 12620 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 12621 return false; 12622 12623 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 12624 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 12625 return false; 12626 12627 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 12628 if (FD->isDeleted()) 12629 return false; 12630 12631 bool MissingPrototype = true; 12632 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 12633 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 12634 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 12635 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 12636 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12637 continue; 12638 12639 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 12640 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 12641 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 12642 break; 12643 } 12644 12645 return MissingPrototype; 12646 } 12647 12648 void 12649 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 12650 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 12651 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12652 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 12653 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 12654 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 12655 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 12656 // [temp.inst]p2: 12657 // 12658 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 12659 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 12660 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 12661 // definition. 12662 // 12663 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 12664 // 12665 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 12666 // C20<int> c20i; 12667 // void func_20() {} 12668 // 12669 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 12670 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 12671 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 12672 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12673 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12674 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 12675 // the same class, is OK. 12676 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 12677 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 12678 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 12679 continue; 12680 } 12681 12682 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12683 Definition = I; 12684 break; 12685 } 12686 } 12687 } 12688 } 12689 } 12690 if (!Definition) 12691 return; 12692 12693 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 12694 return; 12695 12696 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 12697 // definition. 12698 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 12699 return; 12700 12701 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 12702 // a template, skip the new definition. 12703 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 12704 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12705 Definition->isInlined() || 12706 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12707 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12708 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12709 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 12710 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12711 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12712 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12713 return; 12714 } 12715 12716 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12717 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12718 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12719 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12720 else 12721 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12722 12723 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12724 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12725 } 12726 12727 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12728 Sema &S) { 12729 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12730 12731 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12732 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12733 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12734 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12735 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12736 12737 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12738 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12739 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12740 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12741 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12742 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12743 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12744 12745 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12746 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12747 12748 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12749 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12750 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12751 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12752 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12753 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12754 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12755 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12756 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12757 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12758 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12759 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12760 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12761 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12762 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12763 12764 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12765 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12766 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12767 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12768 } else { 12769 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12770 } 12771 ++I; 12772 } 12773 } 12774 12775 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12776 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12777 if (!D) { 12778 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 12779 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 12780 PushFunctionScope(); 12781 return D; 12782 } 12783 12784 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12785 12786 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12787 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12788 else 12789 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12790 12791 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12792 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12793 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12794 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12795 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12796 } 12797 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12798 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12799 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12800 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12801 } 12802 12803 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 12804 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 12805 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12806 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12807 12808 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12809 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12810 return D; 12811 } 12812 12813 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12814 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12815 // this function. 12816 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12817 12818 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12819 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12820 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12821 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12822 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12823 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12824 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12825 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12826 // have the LSI properly restored. 12827 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12828 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12829 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12830 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12831 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12832 } else { 12833 // Enter a new function scope 12834 PushFunctionScope(); 12835 } 12836 12837 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12838 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12839 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12840 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12841 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12842 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12843 } 12844 } 12845 12846 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12847 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12848 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12849 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12850 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12851 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12852 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12853 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12854 12855 if (FnBodyScope) 12856 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12857 12858 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12859 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12860 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12861 12862 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12863 // scope. 12864 if (FnBodyScope) { 12865 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12866 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12867 if (!NonParmDecl) 12868 continue; 12869 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12870 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12871 12872 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12873 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12874 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12875 12876 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12877 // accessible in this scope. 12878 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12879 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12880 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12881 } 12882 } 12883 } 12884 12885 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12886 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12887 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12888 12889 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12890 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12891 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12892 12893 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12894 } 12895 } 12896 12897 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12898 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12899 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12900 12901 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12902 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12903 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12904 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12905 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12906 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12907 return D; 12908 } 12909 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12910 // a function template). 12911 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12912 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12913 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12914 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12915 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12916 12917 return D; 12918 } 12919 12920 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12921 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12922 /// optimization. 12923 /// 12924 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12925 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12926 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12927 /// use the named return value optimization. 12928 /// 12929 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12930 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12931 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12932 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12933 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12934 12935 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12936 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12937 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12938 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12939 } 12940 } 12941 } 12942 12943 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12944 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12945 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12946 return false; 12947 12948 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12949 // return type (yet). 12950 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12951 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12952 // we can still delay parsing it. 12953 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12954 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12955 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12956 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12957 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12958 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12959 } 12960 } 12961 return false; 12962 } 12963 12964 return true; 12965 } 12966 12967 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12968 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12969 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12970 // rest of the file. 12971 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12972 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12973 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 12974 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 12975 return false; 12976 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 12977 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 12978 // "undeduced". 12979 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 12980 return false; 12981 } 12982 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12983 } 12984 12985 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12986 if (!Decl) 12987 return nullptr; 12988 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 12989 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12990 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12991 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12992 return Decl; 12993 } 12994 12995 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12996 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12997 } 12998 12999 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 13000 bool IsInstantiation) { 13001 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 13002 13003 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 13004 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 13005 13006 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 13007 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 13008 13009 if (FD) { 13010 FD->setBody(Body); 13011 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 13012 13013 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 13014 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 13015 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 13016 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 13017 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 13018 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 13019 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 13020 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 13021 << FD->getReturnType(); 13022 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13023 } else { 13024 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 13025 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 13026 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 13027 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 13028 } 13029 } 13030 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 13031 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 13032 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 13033 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 13034 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 13035 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 13036 13037 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 13038 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 13039 // [the deduced type is] the type void 13040 QualType RetType = 13041 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 13042 13043 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 13044 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 13045 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13046 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 13047 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 13048 } 13049 } 13050 13051 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 13052 // don't complain about missing return statements. 13053 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 13054 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 13055 13056 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 13057 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 13058 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 13059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 13060 13061 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13062 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 13063 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 13064 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 13065 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 13066 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 13067 13068 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 13069 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 13070 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 13071 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 13072 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 13073 13074 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 13075 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 13076 // to deduce an implicit return type. 13077 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 13078 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 13079 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13080 } 13081 13082 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 13083 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 13084 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 13085 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 13086 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 13087 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 13088 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 13089 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 13090 13091 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 13092 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 13093 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 13094 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 13095 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 13096 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13097 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 13098 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 13099 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 13100 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 13101 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 13102 } 13103 } 13104 13105 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 13106 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 13107 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 13108 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 13109 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 13110 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 13111 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 13112 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 13113 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 13114 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 13115 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13116 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 13117 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 13118 } 13119 } 13120 13121 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 13122 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 13123 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 13124 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 13125 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 13126 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 13127 13128 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 13129 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 13130 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 13131 MD->isVirtual() && 13132 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 13133 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 13134 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 13135 if (FD->isInlined() && 13136 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 13137 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 13138 13139 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 13140 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 13141 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 13142 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 13143 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 13144 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13145 } else { 13146 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 13147 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13148 } 13149 } 13150 } 13151 13152 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 13153 "Function parsing confused"); 13154 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 13155 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 13156 MD->setBody(Body); 13157 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13158 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 13159 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 13160 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 13161 13162 if (Body) 13163 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13164 } 13165 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 13166 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 13167 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 13168 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 13169 } 13170 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 13171 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 13172 bool isDesignated = 13173 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 13174 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 13175 (void)isDesignated; 13176 13177 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 13178 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 13179 if (!IFace) 13180 return false; 13181 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 13182 if (!SuperD) 13183 return false; 13184 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 13185 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 13186 }; 13187 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 13188 // of NSObject. 13189 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 13190 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13191 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 13192 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 13193 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 13194 } 13195 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 13196 } 13197 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 13198 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 13199 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 13200 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13201 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 13202 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 13203 } 13204 } else { 13205 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 13206 // we pushed on. 13207 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13208 return nullptr; 13209 } 13210 13211 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 13212 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 13213 13214 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 13215 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 13216 "handled in the block above."); 13217 13218 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 13219 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 13220 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 13221 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 13222 // Verify this. 13223 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 13224 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 13225 13226 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 13227 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 13228 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 13229 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 13230 13231 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 13232 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 13233 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 13234 13235 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 13236 Destructor->getParent()); 13237 } 13238 13239 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13240 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13241 // deletion in some later function. 13242 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 13243 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 13244 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13245 } 13246 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 13247 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 13248 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 13249 // enabled. 13250 ActivePolicy = &WP; 13251 } 13252 13253 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13254 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 13255 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 13256 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13257 13258 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 13259 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 13260 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 13261 // require prologue. 13262 bool RegisterVariables = false; 13263 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 13264 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 13265 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 13266 RegisterVariables = 13267 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 13268 if (!RegisterVariables) 13269 break; 13270 } 13271 } 13272 } 13273 if (RegisterVariables) 13274 continue; 13275 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 13276 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 13277 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13278 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13279 break; 13280 } 13281 } 13282 } 13283 13284 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 13285 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 13286 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 13287 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 13288 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 13289 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 13290 } 13291 13292 if (!IsInstantiation) 13293 PopDeclContext(); 13294 13295 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13296 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13297 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13298 // deletion in some later function. 13299 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 13300 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13301 } 13302 13303 return dcl; 13304 } 13305 13306 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 13307 /// relevant Decl. 13308 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 13309 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 13310 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 13311 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 13312 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 13313 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 13314 13315 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 13316 if (Method->isStatic()) 13317 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 13318 } 13319 13320 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 13321 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 13322 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 13323 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 13324 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 13325 // DeclContext. 13326 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 13327 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 13328 // instead. 13329 Scope *BlockScope = S; 13330 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 13331 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 13332 13333 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 13334 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 13335 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 13336 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 13337 13338 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 13339 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 13340 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 13341 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 13342 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 13343 if (ExternCPrev) { 13344 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 13345 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 13346 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 13347 13348 // C89 footnote 38: 13349 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 13350 // the behavior is undefined. 13351 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 13352 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 13353 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 13354 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 13355 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 13356 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 13357 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13358 return ExternCPrev; 13359 } 13360 } 13361 13362 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 13363 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 13364 unsigned diag_id; 13365 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 13366 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 13367 else if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13368 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 13369 else 13370 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 13371 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II << getLangOpts().OpenCL; 13372 13373 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 13374 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 13375 // more to do. 13376 if (ExternCPrev) 13377 return ExternCPrev; 13378 13379 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 13380 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 13381 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 13382 TypoCorrection Corrected; 13383 if (S && 13384 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 13385 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 13386 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 13387 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 13388 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 13389 } 13390 13391 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 13392 const char *Dummy; 13393 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 13394 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 13395 unsigned DiagID; 13396 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 13397 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13398 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 13399 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 13400 SourceLocation NoLoc; 13401 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 13402 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 13403 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 13404 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13405 /*Params=*/nullptr, 13406 /*NumParams=*/0, 13407 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 13408 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13409 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 13410 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 13411 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13412 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13413 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13414 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13415 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 13416 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 13417 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 13418 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 13419 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 13420 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 13421 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 13422 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 13423 Loc, D), 13424 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 13425 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 13426 13427 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 13428 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 13429 FD->setImplicit(); 13430 13431 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 13432 13433 return FD; 13434 } 13435 13436 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 13437 /// the declaration of this function. 13438 /// 13439 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 13440 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 13441 /// like NSLog or printf. 13442 /// 13443 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 13444 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 13445 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 13446 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13447 return; 13448 13449 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 13450 // actual attributes. 13451 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13452 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 13453 unsigned FormatIdx; 13454 bool HasVAListArg; 13455 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 13456 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 13457 const char *fmt = "printf"; 13458 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 13459 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 13460 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 13461 fmt = "NSString"; 13462 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13463 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 13464 FormatIdx+1, 13465 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13466 FD->getLocation())); 13467 } 13468 } 13469 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 13470 HasVAListArg)) { 13471 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13472 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13473 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 13474 FormatIdx+1, 13475 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13476 FD->getLocation())); 13477 } 13478 13479 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 13480 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 13481 // intrinsics for such functions. 13482 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 13483 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 13484 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13485 13486 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 13487 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 13488 // C standard. 13489 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 13490 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 13491 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 13492 switch (BuiltinID) { 13493 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 13494 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 13495 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 13496 case Builtin::BIfma: 13497 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 13498 case Builtin::BIfmal: 13499 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13500 break; 13501 default: 13502 break; 13503 } 13504 } 13505 13506 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 13507 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 13508 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13509 FD->getLocation())); 13510 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 13511 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13512 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 13513 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13514 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 13515 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13516 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 13517 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 13518 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 13519 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 13520 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 13521 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 13522 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 13523 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13524 else 13525 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13526 } 13527 } 13528 13529 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 13530 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 13531 // across. 13532 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 13533 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 13534 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13535 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 13536 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13537 } 13538 13539 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 13540 if (!Name) 13541 return; 13542 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13543 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 13544 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 13545 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 13546 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 13547 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 13548 // about. 13549 } else 13550 return; 13551 13552 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 13553 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 13554 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 13555 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13556 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13557 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 13558 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 13559 FD->getLocation())); 13560 } 13561 13562 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 13563 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 13564 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 13565 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 13566 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 13567 FD->getLocation())); 13568 } 13569 } 13570 13571 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 13572 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 13573 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 13574 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 13575 13576 if (!TInfo) { 13577 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 13578 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 13579 } 13580 13581 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 13582 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 13583 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 13584 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 13585 13586 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 13587 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 13588 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 13589 return NewTD; 13590 } 13591 13592 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 13593 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13594 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13595 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 13596 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13597 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13598 else 13599 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 13600 } 13601 13602 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 13603 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 13604 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 13605 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 13606 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 13607 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 13608 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 13609 case TST_enum: 13610 case TST_struct: 13611 case TST_interface: 13612 case TST_union: 13613 case TST_class: { 13614 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 13615 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 13616 break; 13617 } 13618 13619 default: 13620 break; 13621 } 13622 13623 return NewTD; 13624 } 13625 13626 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 13627 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 13628 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 13629 QualType T = TI->getType(); 13630 13631 if (T->isDependentType()) 13632 return false; 13633 13634 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 13635 if (BT->isInteger()) 13636 return false; 13637 13638 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 13639 return true; 13640 } 13641 13642 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 13643 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 13644 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 13645 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 13646 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 13647 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 13648 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 13649 << Prev->isScoped(); 13650 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13651 return true; 13652 } 13653 13654 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 13655 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 13656 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 13657 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 13658 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 13659 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 13660 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 13661 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 13662 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 13663 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 13664 return true; 13665 } 13666 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 13667 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 13668 << Prev->isFixed(); 13669 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13670 return true; 13671 } 13672 13673 return false; 13674 } 13675 13676 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 13677 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 13678 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 13679 /// 13680 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 13681 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 13682 switch (Tag) { 13683 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 13684 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 13685 case TTK_Class: return 2; 13686 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 13687 } 13688 } 13689 13690 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 13691 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 13692 /// 13693 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 13694 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 13695 { 13696 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 13697 } 13698 13699 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 13700 TagTypeKind TTK) { 13701 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13702 return NTK_Typedef; 13703 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13704 return NTK_TypeAlias; 13705 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13706 return NTK_Template; 13707 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13708 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 13709 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13710 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 13711 switch (TTK) { 13712 case TTK_Struct: 13713 case TTK_Interface: 13714 case TTK_Class: 13715 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 13716 case TTK_Union: 13717 return NTK_NonUnion; 13718 case TTK_Enum: 13719 return NTK_NonEnum; 13720 } 13721 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 13722 } 13723 13724 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 13725 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 13726 /// 13727 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 13728 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 13729 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 13730 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 13731 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 13732 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 13733 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 13734 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 13735 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 13736 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 13737 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 13738 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 13739 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 13740 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 13741 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 13742 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 13743 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 13744 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 13745 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 13746 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 13747 if (OldTag == NewTag) 13748 return true; 13749 13750 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 13751 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 13752 bool isTemplate = false; 13753 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 13754 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13755 13756 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13757 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 13758 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 13759 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13760 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13761 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13762 return true; 13763 } 13764 13765 if (isDefinition) { 13766 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13767 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13768 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13769 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13770 return true; 13771 } 13772 13773 bool previousMismatch = false; 13774 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13775 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13776 if (!previousMismatch) { 13777 previousMismatch = true; 13778 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13779 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13780 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13781 } 13782 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13783 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13784 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13785 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13786 } 13787 } 13788 return true; 13789 } 13790 13791 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13792 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13793 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13794 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13795 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13796 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13797 return true; 13798 } 13799 13800 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13801 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13802 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13803 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13804 13805 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13806 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13807 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13808 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13809 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13810 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13811 } 13812 13813 return true; 13814 } 13815 return false; 13816 } 13817 13818 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13819 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13820 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13821 /// namespace N { 13822 /// struct X; 13823 /// namespace M { 13824 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13825 /// } 13826 /// } 13827 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13828 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13829 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13830 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13831 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13832 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13833 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13834 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13835 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13836 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13837 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13838 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13839 return FixItHint(); 13840 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13841 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13842 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13843 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13844 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13845 break; 13846 } 13847 13848 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13849 // build an NNS. 13850 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13851 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13852 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13853 OS << "::"; 13854 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13855 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13856 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13857 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13858 } 13859 13860 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13861 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13862 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13863 /// using-declaration). 13864 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13865 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13866 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13867 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13868 13869 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13870 return true; 13871 13872 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13873 // encloses the other). 13874 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13875 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13876 return true; 13877 13878 return false; 13879 } 13880 13881 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13882 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13883 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13884 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13885 /// 13886 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13887 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13888 /// 13889 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13890 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13891 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13892 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13893 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13894 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 13895 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13896 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13897 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13898 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13899 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13900 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13901 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13902 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13903 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13904 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13905 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13906 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13907 13908 OwnedDecl = false; 13909 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13910 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13911 13912 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13913 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13914 bool Invalid = false; 13915 13916 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13917 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13918 // for non-C++ cases. 13919 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13920 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13921 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13922 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13923 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13924 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13925 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13926 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13927 return nullptr; 13928 } 13929 13930 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13931 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13932 // be a member of another template). 13933 13934 if (Invalid) 13935 return nullptr; 13936 13937 OwnedDecl = false; 13938 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 13939 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 13940 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 13941 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 13942 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 13943 return Result.get(); 13944 } else { 13945 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13946 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13947 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13948 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13949 } 13950 } 13951 } 13952 13953 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13954 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13955 // redeclaration. 13956 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13957 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 13958 13959 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13960 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 13961 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13962 // type, default to int. 13963 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13964 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13965 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13966 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13967 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13968 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13969 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13970 13971 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13972 // Recover by falling back to int. 13973 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13974 13975 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13976 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13977 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13978 13979 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13980 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 13981 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 13982 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 13983 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 13984 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13985 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13986 } 13987 } 13988 13989 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13990 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13991 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13992 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13993 13994 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 13995 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13996 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13997 13998 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 13999 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 14000 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 14001 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 14002 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 14003 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14004 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14005 // keyword. 14006 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14007 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 14008 14009 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14010 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 14011 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14012 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 14013 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 14014 return nullptr; 14015 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14016 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14017 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 14018 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14019 else 14020 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 14021 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14022 } 14023 } else { // struct/union 14024 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14025 nullptr); 14026 } 14027 14028 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14029 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 14030 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14031 // 14032 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14033 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14034 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14035 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14036 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14037 // parsing of the struct). 14038 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 14039 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14040 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14041 } 14042 } 14043 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14044 return New; 14045 }; 14046 14047 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 14048 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14049 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 14050 14051 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 14052 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 14053 Name = nullptr; 14054 goto CreateNewDecl; 14055 } 14056 14057 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 14058 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 14059 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14060 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 14061 if (!DC) { 14062 IsDependent = true; 14063 return nullptr; 14064 } 14065 } else { 14066 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 14067 if (!DC) { 14068 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 14069 << SS.getRange(); 14070 return nullptr; 14071 } 14072 } 14073 14074 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 14075 return nullptr; 14076 14077 SearchDC = DC; 14078 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 14079 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 14080 14081 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14082 return nullptr; 14083 14084 if (Previous.empty()) { 14085 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 14086 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 14087 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 14088 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 14089 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 14090 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 14091 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 14092 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 14093 IsDependent = true; 14094 return nullptr; 14095 } 14096 14097 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 14098 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 14099 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 14100 Name = nullptr; 14101 Invalid = true; 14102 goto CreateNewDecl; 14103 } 14104 } else if (Name) { 14105 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 14106 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 14107 // name different from T: 14108 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 14109 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14110 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 14111 return nullptr; 14112 14113 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 14114 // declaration or definition. 14115 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 14116 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 14117 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 14118 LookupName(Previous, S); 14119 14120 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 14121 // by types using'ed into this scope. 14122 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 14123 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 14124 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14125 while (F.hasNext()) { 14126 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14127 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 14128 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 14129 F.erase(); 14130 } 14131 F.done(); 14132 } 14133 14134 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 14135 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 14136 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 14137 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 14138 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 14139 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 14140 // 14141 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 14142 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 14143 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 14144 // 14145 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 14146 // semantic context? 14147 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14148 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14149 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14150 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 14151 while (F.hasNext()) { 14152 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14153 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14154 if (DC->isFileContext() && 14155 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 14156 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14157 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 14158 else 14159 F.erase(); 14160 } 14161 } 14162 F.done(); 14163 14164 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 14165 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 14166 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 14167 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14168 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 14169 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 14170 } 14171 } 14172 14173 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 14174 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14175 return nullptr; 14176 14177 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 14178 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 14179 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 14180 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 14181 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 14182 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 14183 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 14184 } 14185 } 14186 14187 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 14188 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 14189 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14190 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14191 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14192 Previous.clear(); 14193 } 14194 14195 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 14196 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 14197 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 14198 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 14199 isStdBadAlloc = true; 14200 14201 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 14202 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 14203 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 14204 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 14205 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 14206 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 14207 isStdAlignValT = true; 14208 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 14209 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 14210 } 14211 } 14212 14213 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 14214 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 14215 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 14216 // there's a shadow friend decl. 14217 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 14218 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 14219 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 14220 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 14221 14222 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 14223 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 14224 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 14225 // 14226 // class-key identifier 14227 // 14228 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 14229 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 14230 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 14231 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 14232 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 14233 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 14234 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 14235 // declaration. 14236 // 14237 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 14238 // C structs and unions. 14239 // 14240 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 14241 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 14242 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 14243 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 14244 // 14245 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 14246 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 14247 // 14248 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 14249 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 14250 // lexical context, 14251 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 14252 14253 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 14254 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14255 } else { 14256 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 14257 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 14258 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 14259 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 14260 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 14261 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14262 } 14263 14264 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 14265 // diagnose some problems. 14266 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 14267 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 14268 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 14269 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 14270 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14271 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14272 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 14273 } else { 14274 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14275 LookupName(Previous, S); 14276 } 14277 } 14278 14279 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 14280 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 14281 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 14282 14283 if (!Previous.empty()) { 14284 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14285 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14286 14287 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 14288 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 14289 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 14290 // in C++. 14291 // 14292 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 14293 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 14294 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 14295 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 14296 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14297 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14298 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 14299 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 14300 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 14301 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 14302 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 14303 PrevDecl = Tag; 14304 Previous.clear(); 14305 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 14306 Previous.resolveKind(); 14307 } 14308 } 14309 } 14310 } 14311 14312 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 14313 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 14314 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 14315 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 14316 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 14317 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14318 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 14319 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 14320 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 14321 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 14322 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 14323 diag::note_using_decl_target); 14324 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 14325 << 0; 14326 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 14327 Previous.clear(); 14328 goto CreateNewDecl; 14329 } 14330 } 14331 14332 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14333 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 14334 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 14335 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 14336 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 14337 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14338 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14339 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 14340 // struct or something similar. 14341 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 14342 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 14343 Name)) { 14344 bool SafeToContinue 14345 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 14346 Kind != TTK_Enum); 14347 if (SafeToContinue) 14348 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 14349 << Name 14350 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 14351 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 14352 else 14353 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 14354 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14355 14356 if (SafeToContinue) 14357 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 14358 else { 14359 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 14360 Name = nullptr; 14361 Previous.clear(); 14362 Invalid = true; 14363 } 14364 } 14365 14366 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 14367 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 14368 14369 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 14370 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 14371 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14372 if (ScopedEnum) 14373 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 14374 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 14375 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 14376 return PrevTagDecl; 14377 } 14378 14379 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 14380 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14381 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 14382 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 14383 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 14384 14385 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 14386 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 14387 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 14388 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 14389 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 14390 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 14391 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 14392 } 14393 14394 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 14395 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 14396 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 14397 // and then later defined. 14398 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 14399 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 14400 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 14401 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14402 } 14403 14404 if (!Invalid) { 14405 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 14406 // we have attributes. 14407 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14408 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 14409 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 14410 // declaration to hold them. 14411 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 14412 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 14413 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 14414 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 14415 SS.isEmpty()) { 14416 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 14417 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 14418 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 14419 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 14420 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 14421 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 14422 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 14423 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 14424 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 14425 return PrevTagDecl; 14426 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 14427 // that scope. 14428 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14429 } else { 14430 return PrevTagDecl; 14431 } 14432 } 14433 14434 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 14435 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14436 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 14437 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 14438 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 14439 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 14440 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 14441 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 14442 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 14443 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14444 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14445 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14446 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 14447 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14448 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14449 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14450 } 14451 14452 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 14453 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 14454 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 14455 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 14456 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 14457 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 14458 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 14459 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 14460 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 14461 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 14462 // use it in place of this one. 14463 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14464 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 14465 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 14466 // comparison. 14467 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 14468 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 14469 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 14470 return Def; 14471 } else { 14472 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 14473 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 14474 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 14475 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 14476 // skip starting the definitiion later. 14477 } 14478 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 14479 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 14480 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 14481 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 14482 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 14483 else 14484 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 14485 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 14486 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 14487 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 14488 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 14489 // references get the previous definition. 14490 Name = nullptr; 14491 Previous.clear(); 14492 Invalid = true; 14493 } 14494 } else { 14495 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 14496 // about a nested redefinition. 14497 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 14498 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 14499 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 14500 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 14501 diag::note_previous_definition); 14502 Name = nullptr; 14503 Previous.clear(); 14504 Invalid = true; 14505 } 14506 } 14507 14508 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 14509 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 14510 } 14511 14512 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 14513 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 14514 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 14515 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14516 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 14517 AS = AS_none; 14518 } 14519 } 14520 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 14521 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 14522 14523 } else { 14524 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 14525 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 14526 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 14527 // have distinct types. 14528 Previous.clear(); 14529 } 14530 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 14531 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 14532 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 14533 14534 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 14535 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 14536 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 14537 } else { 14538 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 14539 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 14540 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 14541 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 14542 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 14543 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14544 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 14545 << Kind; 14546 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 14547 Invalid = true; 14548 14549 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 14550 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14551 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14552 // do nothing 14553 14554 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 14555 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14556 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14557 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 14558 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14559 Invalid = true; 14560 14561 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 14562 // case here. 14563 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14564 unsigned Kind = 0; 14565 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 14566 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 14567 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 14568 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14569 Invalid = true; 14570 14571 // Otherwise, diagnose. 14572 } else { 14573 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 14574 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 14575 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 14576 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 14577 Name = nullptr; 14578 Invalid = true; 14579 } 14580 14581 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 14582 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 14583 Previous.clear(); 14584 } 14585 } 14586 14587 CreateNewDecl: 14588 14589 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14590 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 14591 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14592 14593 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14594 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14595 // keyword. 14596 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14597 14598 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 14599 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 14600 // PrevDecl. 14601 TagDecl *New; 14602 14603 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14604 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14605 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 14606 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14607 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 14608 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14609 14610 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 14611 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14612 14613 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 14614 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 14615 TagDecl *Def; 14616 if (IsFixed && (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 14617 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 14618 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 14619 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 14620 } 14621 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 14622 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 14623 << New; 14624 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14625 } else { 14626 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 14627 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14628 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 14629 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14630 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 14631 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 14632 } 14633 } 14634 14635 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14636 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14637 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14638 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14639 else 14640 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 14641 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14642 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 14643 } 14644 } else { 14645 // struct/union/class 14646 14647 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14648 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 14649 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14650 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 14651 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14652 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14653 14654 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 14655 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 14656 } else 14657 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14658 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14659 } 14660 14661 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 14662 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 14663 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 14664 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14665 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 14666 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14667 Invalid = true; 14668 } 14669 14670 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 14671 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 14672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 14673 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14674 Invalid = true; 14675 } 14676 14677 // Maybe add qualifier info. 14678 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14679 if (SS.isSet()) { 14680 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 14681 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 14682 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 14683 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 14684 isMemberSpecialization)) 14685 Invalid = true; 14686 14687 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 14688 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 14689 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 14690 } 14691 } 14692 else 14693 Invalid = true; 14694 } 14695 14696 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14697 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 14698 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14699 // 14700 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14701 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14702 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14703 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14704 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14705 // parsing of the struct). 14706 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 14707 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14708 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14709 } 14710 } 14711 14712 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 14713 if (isMemberSpecialization) 14714 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 14715 << 2 14716 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 14717 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 14718 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 14719 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 14720 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14721 New->setModulePrivate(); 14722 } 14723 14724 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 14725 // check the specialization. 14726 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 14727 Invalid = true; 14728 14729 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 14730 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 14731 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 14732 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 14733 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 14734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14735 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 14736 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 14737 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 14738 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 14739 << Name; 14740 Invalid = true; 14741 } 14742 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 14743 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14744 } 14745 } 14746 14747 if (Invalid) 14748 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14749 14750 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 14751 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 14752 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14753 14754 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 14755 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 14756 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 14757 // the tag name visible. 14758 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 14759 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 14760 14761 // Set the access specifier. 14762 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14763 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14764 14765 if (PrevDecl) 14766 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 14767 14768 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 14769 New->startDefinition(); 14770 14771 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 14772 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14773 14774 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14775 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14776 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14777 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14778 if (PrevDecl) 14779 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14780 14781 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14782 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14783 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14784 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14785 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14786 } else if (Name) { 14787 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14788 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 14789 } else { 14790 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14791 } 14792 14793 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14794 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14795 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14796 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14797 II->isStr("FILE")) 14798 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14799 14800 if (PrevDecl) 14801 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14802 14803 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14804 // record. 14805 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14806 14807 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14808 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14809 14810 OwnedDecl = true; 14811 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14812 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14813 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14814 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14815 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14816 RD->completeDefinition(); 14817 return nullptr; 14818 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 14819 return SkipBody->Previous; 14820 } else { 14821 return New; 14822 } 14823 } 14824 14825 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14826 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14827 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14828 14829 // Enter the tag context. 14830 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14831 14832 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14833 14834 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14835 // record. 14836 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14837 } 14838 14839 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14840 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14841 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14842 return false; 14843 14844 // Make the previous decl visible. 14845 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14846 return true; 14847 } 14848 14849 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14850 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14851 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14852 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14853 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14854 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14855 CurContext = OCD; 14856 return IDecl; 14857 } 14858 14859 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14860 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14861 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14862 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14863 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14864 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14865 14866 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14867 14868 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14869 return; 14870 14871 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14872 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14873 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14874 14875 // C++ [class]p2: 14876 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14877 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14878 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14879 // as if it were a public member name. 14880 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 14881 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 14882 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 14883 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14884 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14885 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14886 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14887 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14888 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14889 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14890 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14891 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14892 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14893 } 14894 14895 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14896 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14897 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14898 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14899 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14900 14901 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14902 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14903 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14904 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14905 RD->completeDefinition(); 14906 } 14907 14908 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14909 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14910 } 14911 14912 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14913 PopDeclContext(); 14914 14915 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14916 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14917 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14918 14919 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14920 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14921 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14922 } 14923 14924 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14925 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14926 PopDeclContext(); 14927 } 14928 14929 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14930 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14931 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14932 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14933 } 14934 14935 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14936 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14937 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14938 } 14939 14940 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14941 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14942 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14943 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14944 14945 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14946 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14947 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14948 RD->completeDefinition(); 14949 } 14950 14951 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14952 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14953 // the FieldCollector. 14954 14955 PopDeclContext(); 14956 } 14957 14958 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14959 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14960 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14961 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14962 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14963 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14964 if (ZeroWidth) 14965 *ZeroWidth = true; 14966 14967 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14968 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14969 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14970 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14971 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14972 return ExprError(); 14973 if (FieldName) 14974 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14975 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14976 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14977 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14978 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14979 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14980 return ExprError(); 14981 14982 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14983 // it now. 14984 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14985 return BitWidth; 14986 14987 llvm::APSInt Value; 14988 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14989 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14990 return ICE; 14991 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14992 14993 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14994 *ZeroWidth = false; 14995 14996 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14997 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14998 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14999 15000 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 15001 if (FieldName) 15002 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15003 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 15004 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15005 << Value.toString(10); 15006 } 15007 15008 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 15009 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 15010 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 15011 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 15012 15013 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 15014 // ABI. 15015 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 15016 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 15017 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 15018 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 15019 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 15020 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 15021 unsigned DiagWidth = 15022 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 15023 if (FieldName) 15024 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15025 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15026 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 15027 15028 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15029 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 15030 << DiagWidth; 15031 } 15032 15033 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 15034 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 15035 // 'bool'. 15036 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 15037 if (FieldName) 15038 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15039 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15040 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15041 else 15042 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15043 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15044 } 15045 } 15046 15047 return BitWidth; 15048 } 15049 15050 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 15051 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 15052 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 15053 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 15054 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 15055 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 15056 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 15057 return Res; 15058 } 15059 15060 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 15061 /// 15062 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 15063 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15064 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 15065 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15066 AccessSpecifier AS) { 15067 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 15068 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 15069 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 15070 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 15071 return nullptr; 15072 } 15073 15074 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15075 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15076 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15077 15078 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15079 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15081 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 15082 15083 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 15084 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 15085 D.setInvalidType(); 15086 T = Context.IntTy; 15087 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 15088 } 15089 } 15090 15091 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 15092 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || 15093 T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 15094 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 15095 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 15096 D.setInvalidType(); 15097 } 15098 15099 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 15100 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 15101 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 15102 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 15103 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 15104 D.setInvalidType(); 15105 } 15106 15107 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 15108 15109 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 15110 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 15111 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 15112 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 15113 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 15114 diag::err_invalid_thread) 15115 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 15116 15117 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 15118 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15119 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15120 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15121 LookupName(Previous, S); 15122 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 15123 case LookupResult::Found: 15124 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 15125 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 15126 break; 15127 15128 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 15129 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15130 break; 15131 15132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 15133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 15134 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 15135 break; 15136 } 15137 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 15138 15139 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15140 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15141 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 15142 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15143 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15144 } 15145 15146 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 15147 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15148 15149 bool Mutable 15150 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 15151 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 15152 FieldDecl *NewFD 15153 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 15154 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 15155 15156 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 15157 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15158 15159 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15160 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 15161 15162 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 15163 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 15164 // with the same name in the same scope. 15165 } else if (II) { 15166 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 15167 } else 15168 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 15169 15170 return NewFD; 15171 } 15172 15173 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 15174 /// 15175 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 15176 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 15177 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 15178 /// created. 15179 /// 15180 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 15181 /// 15182 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 15183 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 15184 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 15185 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 15186 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 15187 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15188 SourceLocation TSSL, 15189 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 15190 Declarator *D) { 15191 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 15192 bool InvalidDecl = false; 15193 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 15194 15195 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 15196 // marking this declaration as invalid. 15197 if (T.isNull()) { 15198 InvalidDecl = true; 15199 T = Context.IntTy; 15200 } 15201 15202 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 15203 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15204 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15205 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 15206 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15207 InvalidDecl = true; 15208 } else { 15209 NamedDecl *Def; 15210 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 15211 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 15212 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15213 InvalidDecl = true; 15214 } 15215 } 15216 } 15217 15218 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 15219 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 15220 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 15221 InvalidDecl = true; 15222 } 15223 15224 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 15225 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 15226 T.hasQualifiers()) { 15227 InvalidDecl = true; 15228 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 15229 } 15230 15231 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15232 // than a variably modified type. 15233 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15234 bool SizeIsNegative; 15235 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 15236 15237 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 15238 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 15239 SizeIsNegative, 15240 Oversized); 15241 if (FixedTInfo) { 15242 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 15243 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 15244 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 15245 } else { 15246 if (SizeIsNegative) 15247 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 15248 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 15249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 15250 << Oversized.toString(10); 15251 else 15252 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 15253 InvalidDecl = true; 15254 } 15255 } 15256 15257 // Fields can not have abstract class types 15258 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 15259 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15260 AbstractFieldType)) 15261 InvalidDecl = true; 15262 15263 bool ZeroWidth = false; 15264 if (InvalidDecl) 15265 BitWidth = nullptr; 15266 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 15267 if (BitWidth) { 15268 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 15269 &ZeroWidth).get(); 15270 if (!BitWidth) { 15271 InvalidDecl = true; 15272 BitWidth = nullptr; 15273 ZeroWidth = false; 15274 } 15275 } 15276 15277 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 15278 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 15279 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15280 if (T->isReferenceType()) 15281 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 15282 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 15283 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 15284 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 15285 15286 if (DiagID) { 15287 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 15288 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 15289 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 15290 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 15291 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 15292 Mutable = false; 15293 InvalidDecl = true; 15294 } 15295 } 15296 } 15297 15298 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 15299 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 15300 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 15301 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 15302 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 15303 15304 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 15305 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 15306 if (InvalidDecl) 15307 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15308 15309 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15310 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15311 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15312 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15313 } 15314 15315 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15316 if (Record->isUnion()) { 15317 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15318 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15319 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15320 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 15321 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 15322 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 15323 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 15324 // objects. 15325 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 15326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15327 } 15328 } 15329 15330 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 15331 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 15332 // enabled. 15333 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 15334 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 15335 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 15336 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 15337 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 15338 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 15339 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15340 } 15341 } 15342 } 15343 15344 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 15345 // representation, not a parser representation. 15346 if (D) { 15347 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 15348 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 15349 15350 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 15351 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 15352 } 15353 15354 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 15355 // retainable type. 15356 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 15357 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15358 15359 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 15360 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 15361 15362 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 15363 return NewFD; 15364 } 15365 15366 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 15367 assert(FD); 15368 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 15369 15370 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 15371 return false; 15372 15373 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15374 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15375 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15376 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15377 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 15378 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 15379 // copy constructors. 15380 15381 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 15382 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 15383 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 15384 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 15385 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 15386 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 15387 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 15388 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 15389 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 15390 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 15391 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 15392 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 15393 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 15394 member = CXXDestructor; 15395 15396 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 15397 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 15398 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 15399 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 15400 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 15401 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 15402 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 15403 // members unavailable. 15404 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 15405 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 15406 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 15407 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15408 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 15409 return false; 15410 } 15411 } 15412 15413 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 15414 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 15415 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 15416 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 15417 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 15418 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 15419 } 15420 } 15421 } 15422 15423 return false; 15424 } 15425 15426 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 15427 /// AST enum value. 15428 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 15429 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 15430 switch (ivarVisibility) { 15431 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 15432 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 15433 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 15434 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 15435 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 15436 } 15437 } 15438 15439 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 15440 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 15441 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 15442 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 15444 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 15445 15446 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15447 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 15448 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15449 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15450 15451 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 15452 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 15453 15454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15455 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15456 15457 if (BitWidth) { 15458 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 15459 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 15460 if (!BitWidth) 15461 D.setInvalidType(); 15462 } else { 15463 // Not a bitfield. 15464 15465 // validate II. 15466 15467 } 15468 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 15469 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 15470 D.setInvalidType(); 15471 } 15472 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15473 // than a variably modified type. 15474 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15475 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 15476 D.setInvalidType(); 15477 } 15478 15479 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 15480 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 15481 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 15482 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 15483 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 15484 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 15485 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 15486 return nullptr; 15487 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 15488 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15489 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15490 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 15491 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 15492 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 15493 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 15494 } 15495 else 15496 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15497 } else { 15498 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15499 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15500 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 15501 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 15502 return nullptr; 15503 } 15504 } 15505 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15506 } 15507 15508 // Construct the decl. 15509 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 15510 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 15511 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 15512 15513 if (II) { 15514 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15515 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15516 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 15517 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15518 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15519 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15520 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15521 } 15522 } 15523 15524 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 15525 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 15526 15527 if (D.isInvalidType()) 15528 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15529 15530 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 15531 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 15532 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15533 15534 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15535 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 15536 15537 if (II) { 15538 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 15539 // these to the interface. 15540 S->AddDecl(NewID); 15541 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 15542 } 15543 15544 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 15545 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 15546 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 15547 15548 return NewID; 15549 } 15550 15551 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 15552 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 15553 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 15554 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 15555 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 15556 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 15557 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 15558 return; 15559 15560 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 15561 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 15562 15563 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15564 return; 15565 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 15566 if (!ID) { 15567 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 15568 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 15569 return; 15570 } 15571 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 15572 else 15573 return; 15574 } 15575 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 15576 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 15577 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 15578 15579 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 15580 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 15581 Context.CharTy, 15582 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 15583 DeclLoc), 15584 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 15585 true); 15586 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 15587 } 15588 15589 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 15590 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 15591 SourceLocation RBrac, 15592 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 15593 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 15594 15595 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 15596 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 15597 // it will now change. 15598 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15599 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15600 switch (DC->getKind()) { 15601 default: break; 15602 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 15603 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15604 break; 15605 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 15606 Context. 15607 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15608 break; 15609 } 15610 } 15611 15612 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15613 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15614 15615 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 15616 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 15617 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 15618 if (Record) { 15619 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 15620 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 15621 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 15622 ++NumNamedMembers; 15623 } 15624 } 15625 15626 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 15627 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 15628 15629 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 15630 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 15631 i != end; ++i) { 15632 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 15633 15634 // Get the type for the field. 15635 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 15636 15637 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 15638 // Remember all fields written by the user. 15639 RecFields.push_back(FD); 15640 } 15641 15642 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 15643 // diagnostics about it. 15644 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 15645 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15646 continue; 15647 } 15648 15649 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 15650 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 15651 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 15652 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 15653 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 15654 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 15655 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 15656 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 15657 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 15658 // array. 15659 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 15660 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 15661 // Field declared as a function. 15662 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 15663 << FD->getDeclName(); 15664 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15665 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15666 continue; 15667 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 15668 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 15669 if (Record) { 15670 // Flexible array member. 15671 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 15672 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 15673 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 15674 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15675 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 15676 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 15677 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15678 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 15679 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15680 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15681 continue; 15682 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 15683 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15684 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 15685 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15686 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 15687 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 15688 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 15689 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15690 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 15691 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15692 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 15693 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 15694 15695 if (DiagID) 15696 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 15697 << Record->getTagKind(); 15698 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 15699 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 15700 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 15701 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 15702 // of the type. 15703 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 15704 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 15705 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15706 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 15707 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 15708 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15709 15710 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 15711 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 15712 // 15713 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 15714 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 15715 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15716 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 15717 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 15718 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15719 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15720 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15721 continue; 15722 } 15723 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 15724 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15725 } else { 15726 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 15727 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 15728 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 15729 } 15730 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 15731 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15732 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15733 // Incomplete type 15734 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15735 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15736 continue; 15737 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15738 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 15739 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 15740 // flexible array member. 15741 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15742 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 15743 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 15744 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 15745 // structures. 15746 if (!IsLastField) 15747 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 15748 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15749 else { 15750 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 15751 // other structs as an extension. 15752 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 15753 << FD->getDeclName(); 15754 } 15755 } 15756 } 15757 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 15758 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15759 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15760 AbstractIvarType)) { 15761 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 15762 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15763 } 15764 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15765 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15766 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 15767 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15768 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 15769 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 15770 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 15771 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 15772 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 15773 FD->setType(T); 15774 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 15775 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && Record->isUnion()) { 15776 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 15777 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 15778 // so we just make the field unavailable. 15779 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 15780 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 15781 QualType T = FD->getType(); 15782 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 15783 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15784 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15785 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15786 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15787 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15788 } 15789 } else { 15790 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15791 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15792 } 15793 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15794 } 15795 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15796 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15797 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15798 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15799 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15800 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15801 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15802 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15803 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15804 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15805 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15806 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15807 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15808 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15809 } 15810 } 15811 15812 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15813 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 15814 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) 15815 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 15816 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 15817 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) 15818 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 15819 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 15820 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 15821 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 15822 } 15823 15824 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15825 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 15826 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 15827 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 15828 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 15829 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 15830 } 15831 15832 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15833 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15834 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15835 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15836 ++NumNamedMembers; 15837 } 15838 15839 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15840 if (Record) { 15841 bool Completed = false; 15842 if (CXXRecord) { 15843 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15844 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15845 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15846 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15847 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15848 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15849 } 15850 15851 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15852 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15853 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15854 15855 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15856 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15857 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15858 // problem now. 15859 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15860 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15861 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15862 15863 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15864 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15865 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15866 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15867 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15868 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15869 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15870 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 15871 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15872 continue; 15873 15874 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15875 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15876 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15877 // program is ill-formed. 15878 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15879 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15880 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15881 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15882 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15883 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15884 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15885 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15886 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15887 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15888 15889 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15890 } 15891 } 15892 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15893 Completed = true; 15894 } 15895 } 15896 } 15897 } 15898 15899 if (!Completed) 15900 Record->completeDefinition(); 15901 15902 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 15903 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 15904 15905 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15906 if (CXXRecord) { 15907 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15908 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15909 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 15910 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 15911 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15912 } 15913 } 15914 15915 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15916 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15917 15918 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15919 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15920 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15921 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15922 } 15923 15924 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15925 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15926 // compatibility problems. 15927 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15928 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15929 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15930 } else { 15931 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15932 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15933 CheckForZeroSize = 15934 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15935 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15936 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15937 } 15938 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15939 bool ZeroSize = true; 15940 bool IsEmpty = true; 15941 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15942 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15943 E = Record->field_end(); 15944 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15945 IsEmpty = false; 15946 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15947 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15948 ZeroSize = false; 15949 } else { 15950 ++NonBitFields; 15951 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15952 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15953 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15954 ZeroSize = false; 15955 } 15956 } 15957 15958 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15959 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15960 // extern "C" block. 15961 if (ZeroSize) { 15962 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15963 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15964 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15965 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15966 } 15967 15968 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15969 // but are accepted by GCC. 15970 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15971 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15972 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15973 << Record->isUnion(); 15974 } 15975 } 15976 } else { 15977 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15978 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15979 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15980 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15981 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15982 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15983 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15984 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15985 } 15986 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15987 // duplicates. 15988 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15989 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15990 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15991 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15992 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15993 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15994 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15995 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15996 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15997 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15998 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15999 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16000 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16001 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16002 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 16003 // reported as errors elsewhere. 16004 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 16005 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 16006 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 16007 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 16008 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 16009 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16010 if (IDecl) { 16011 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 16012 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16013 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16014 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16015 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16016 continue; 16017 } 16018 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 16019 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 16020 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16021 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16022 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16023 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16024 continue; 16025 } 16026 } 16027 } 16028 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 16029 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16030 } 16031 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16032 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16033 } 16034 } 16035 } 16036 16037 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 16038 /// the given type T. 16039 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 16040 llvm::APSInt &Value, 16041 QualType T) { 16042 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 16043 "Integral type required!"); 16044 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 16045 16046 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 16047 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 16048 --BitWidth; 16049 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 16050 } 16051 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 16052 } 16053 16054 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 16055 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 16056 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 16057 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 16058 // enum checking below. 16059 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 16060 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 16061 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 16062 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16063 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 16064 }; 16065 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16066 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 16067 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 16068 }; 16069 16070 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 16071 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 16072 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 16073 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 16074 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 16075 return Types[I]; 16076 16077 return QualType(); 16078 } 16079 16080 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 16081 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 16082 SourceLocation IdLoc, 16083 IdentifierInfo *Id, 16084 Expr *Val) { 16085 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16086 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 16087 QualType EltTy; 16088 16089 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 16090 Val = nullptr; 16091 16092 if (Val) 16093 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 16094 16095 if (Val) { 16096 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 16097 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16098 else { 16099 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 16100 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16101 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 16102 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 16103 // constant expression of the underlying type. 16104 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16105 ExprResult Converted = 16106 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 16107 CCEK_Enumerator); 16108 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 16109 Val = nullptr; 16110 else 16111 Val = Converted.get(); 16112 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 16113 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 16114 &EnumVal).get())) { 16115 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 16116 } else { 16117 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16118 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16119 16120 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 16121 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 16122 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 16123 // expression checking. 16124 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16125 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16126 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16127 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16128 } else 16129 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16130 } else 16131 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 16132 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 16133 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 16134 .get(); 16135 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16136 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 16137 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16138 // is the type of its initializing value: 16139 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 16140 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 16141 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16142 } else { 16143 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 16144 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 16145 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 16146 // representable as an int. 16147 16148 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 16149 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 16150 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16151 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 16152 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 16153 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 16154 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 16155 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16156 } 16157 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16158 } 16159 } 16160 } 16161 } 16162 16163 if (!Val) { 16164 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 16165 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16166 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 16167 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16168 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16169 // is the type of its initializing value: 16170 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 16171 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 16172 // 16173 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 16174 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 16175 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 16176 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16177 } 16178 else { 16179 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 16180 } 16181 } else { 16182 // Assign the last value + 1. 16183 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16184 ++EnumVal; 16185 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 16186 16187 // Check for overflow on increment. 16188 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 16189 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16190 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16191 // is the type of its initializing value: 16192 // 16193 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 16194 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 16195 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 16196 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 16197 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 16198 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 16199 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 16200 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 16201 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 16202 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 16203 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16204 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 16205 ++EnumVal; 16206 if (Enum->isFixed()) 16207 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 16208 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 16209 << EnumVal.toString(10) 16210 << EltTy; 16211 else 16212 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 16213 << EnumVal.toString(10); 16214 } else { 16215 EltTy = T; 16216 } 16217 16218 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 16219 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 16220 // value, then increment. 16221 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16222 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16223 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16224 ++EnumVal; 16225 16226 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 16227 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 16228 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 16229 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 16230 // integral type. 16231 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 16232 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 16233 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16234 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16235 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 16236 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16237 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 16238 } 16239 } 16240 } 16241 16242 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 16243 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 16244 // enumerator's type. 16245 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16246 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16247 } 16248 16249 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 16250 Val, EnumVal); 16251 } 16252 16253 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 16254 SourceLocation IILoc) { 16255 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 16256 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16257 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16258 16259 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 16260 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 16261 // skip the body. 16262 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 16263 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 16264 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 16265 if (!PrevECD) 16266 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16267 16268 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 16269 NamedDecl *Hidden; 16270 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 16271 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 16272 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 16273 return Skip; 16274 } 16275 16276 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16277 } 16278 16279 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 16280 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 16281 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 16282 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 16283 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 16284 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 16285 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 16286 16287 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 16288 // we find one that is. 16289 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16290 16291 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 16292 // scope. 16293 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 16294 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16295 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16296 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16297 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 16298 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16299 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16300 } 16301 16302 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 16303 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 16304 // different from T: 16305 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 16306 // enumerated type 16307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 16308 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 16309 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 16310 16311 EnumConstantDecl *New = 16312 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 16313 if (!New) 16314 return nullptr; 16315 16316 if (PrevDecl) { 16317 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 16318 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 16319 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 16320 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 16321 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 16322 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16323 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 16324 else 16325 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 16326 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 16327 return nullptr; 16328 } 16329 } 16330 16331 // Process attributes. 16332 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16333 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16334 16335 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 16336 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 16337 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 16338 16339 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 16340 16341 return New; 16342 } 16343 16344 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 16345 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 16346 // Element2 = Element1 16347 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 16348 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 16349 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 16350 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 16351 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 16352 if (!InitExpr) 16353 return true; 16354 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 16355 16356 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 16357 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 16358 return true; 16359 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 16360 if (!IL) 16361 return true; 16362 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 16363 return true; 16364 16365 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 16366 } 16367 16368 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 16369 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 16370 if (!DRE) 16371 return true; 16372 16373 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 16374 if (!EnumConstant) 16375 return true; 16376 16377 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 16378 Enum) 16379 return true; 16380 16381 return false; 16382 } 16383 16384 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 16385 // a previous element has already been set to. 16386 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 16387 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 16388 // Avoid anonymous enums 16389 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 16390 return; 16391 16392 // Only check for small enums. 16393 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 16394 return; 16395 16396 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 16397 return; 16398 16399 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 16400 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 16401 16402 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 16403 typedef llvm::DenseMap<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 16404 16405 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 16406 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 16407 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 16408 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 16409 }; 16410 16411 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 16412 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 16413 16414 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 16415 // an initializer. 16416 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16417 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16418 16419 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 16420 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 16421 if (!ECD) { 16422 return; 16423 } 16424 16425 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 16426 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 16427 continue; 16428 16429 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 16430 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 16431 } 16432 16433 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 16434 return; 16435 16436 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 16437 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16438 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 16439 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16440 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 16441 continue; 16442 16443 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 16444 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 16445 continue; 16446 16447 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 16448 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 16449 // Ensure constants are different. 16450 if (D == ECD) 16451 continue; 16452 16453 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 16454 auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 16455 Vec->push_back(D); 16456 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16457 16458 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 16459 Entry = Vec.get(); 16460 16461 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 16462 // diagnostics. 16463 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 16464 continue; 16465 } 16466 16467 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 16468 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 16469 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 16470 continue; 16471 16472 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16473 } 16474 16475 // Emit diagnostics. 16476 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 16477 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 16478 16479 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 16480 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 16481 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 16482 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16483 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 16484 16485 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 16486 // the same value. 16487 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 16488 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 16489 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16490 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 16491 } 16492 } 16493 16494 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 16495 bool AllowMask) const { 16496 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 16497 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 16498 16499 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 16500 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 16501 16502 if (R.second) { 16503 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 16504 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 16505 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 16506 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 16507 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 16508 } 16509 } 16510 16511 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 16512 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 16513 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 16514 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 16515 // 16516 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 16517 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 16518 // likely a logic error. 16519 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 16520 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 16521 } 16522 16523 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 16524 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 16525 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 16526 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 16527 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 16528 16529 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 16530 16531 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 16532 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16533 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16534 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16535 if (!ECD) continue; 16536 16537 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16538 } 16539 16540 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 16541 return; 16542 } 16543 16544 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 16545 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 16546 // emit a warning. 16547 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16548 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 16549 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 16550 16551 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 16552 // reverse the list. 16553 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 16554 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 16555 16556 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 16557 bool AllElementsInt = true; 16558 16559 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16560 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16561 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16562 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16563 16564 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16565 16566 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 16567 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 16568 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 16569 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 16570 else 16571 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 16572 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 16573 16574 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 16575 if (AllElementsInt) 16576 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 16577 } 16578 16579 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 16580 QualType BestType; 16581 unsigned BestWidth; 16582 16583 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 16584 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 16585 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 16586 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 16587 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 16588 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 16589 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 16590 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 16591 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 16592 QualType BestPromotionType; 16593 16594 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 16595 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 16596 // enum definitions. 16597 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 16598 Packed = true; 16599 16600 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 16601 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 16602 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16603 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16604 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 16605 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 16606 else 16607 BestPromotionType = BestType; 16608 16609 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 16610 } 16611 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 16612 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 16613 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 16614 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16615 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 16616 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 16617 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16618 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 16619 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 16620 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 16621 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16622 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 16623 BestType = Context.IntTy; 16624 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16625 } else { 16626 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 16627 16628 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 16629 BestType = Context.LongTy; 16630 } else { 16631 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16632 16633 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 16634 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 16635 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 16636 } 16637 } 16638 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 16639 } else { 16640 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 16641 // all of the enumerator values. 16642 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16643 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 16644 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 16645 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16646 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16647 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 16648 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 16649 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16650 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16651 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 16652 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 16653 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16654 BestPromotionType 16655 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16656 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 16657 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 16658 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 16659 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 16660 BestPromotionType 16661 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16662 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 16663 } else { 16664 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16665 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 16666 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 16667 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 16668 BestPromotionType 16669 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16670 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 16671 } 16672 } 16673 16674 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 16675 // the type of the enum if needed. 16676 for (auto *D : Elements) { 16677 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16678 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16679 16680 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 16681 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 16682 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 16683 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 16684 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 16685 16686 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 16687 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16688 16689 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 16690 // the enum decl type. 16691 QualType NewTy; 16692 unsigned NewWidth; 16693 bool NewSign; 16694 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16695 !Enum->isFixed() && 16696 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 16697 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 16698 NewWidth = IntWidth; 16699 NewSign = true; 16700 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 16701 // Already the right type! 16702 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16703 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16704 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16705 // enumeration. 16706 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16707 continue; 16708 } else { 16709 NewTy = BestType; 16710 NewWidth = BestWidth; 16711 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 16712 } 16713 16714 // Adjust the APSInt value. 16715 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 16716 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 16717 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 16718 16719 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 16720 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 16721 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 16722 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 16723 CK_IntegralCast, 16724 ECD->getInitExpr(), 16725 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 16726 VK_RValue)); 16727 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16728 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16729 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16730 // enumeration. 16731 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16732 else 16733 ECD->setType(NewTy); 16734 } 16735 16736 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 16737 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 16738 16739 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 16740 16741 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 16742 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 16743 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16744 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16745 16746 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16747 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 16748 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 16749 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 16750 << ECD << Enum; 16751 } 16752 } 16753 16754 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 16755 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 16756 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 16757 } 16758 16759 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 16760 SourceLocation StartLoc, 16761 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 16762 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 16763 16764 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 16765 AsmString, StartLoc, 16766 EndLoc); 16767 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16768 return New; 16769 } 16770 16771 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 16772 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 16773 bool FromInclude = false) { 16774 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16775 16776 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16777 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16778 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16779 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16780 ExternCLoc = LSD->getBeginLoc(); 16781 break; 16782 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16783 break; 16784 } 16785 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16786 } 16787 16788 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) || isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) 16789 DC = DC->getParent(); 16790 16791 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16792 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16793 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16794 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16795 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16796 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getBeginLoc(), 16797 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 16798 << DC; 16799 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16800 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16801 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16802 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16803 } 16804 } 16805 16806 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16807 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16808 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16809 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16810 assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS && 16811 "should only have module decl in modules TS"); 16812 16813 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16814 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16815 // module map. 16816 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16817 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16818 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16819 break; 16820 16821 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16822 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16823 break; 16824 16825 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16826 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16827 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16828 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16829 MDK = ModuleDeclKind::Interface; 16830 break; 16831 16832 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16833 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16834 return nullptr; 16835 } 16836 16837 assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope"); 16838 16839 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16840 // here, in order to support macro import. 16841 16842 // Only one module-declaration is permitted per source file. 16843 if (ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) { 16844 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_redeclaration); 16845 Diag(VisibleModules.getImportLoc(ModuleScopes.back().Module), 16846 diag::note_prev_module_declaration); 16847 return nullptr; 16848 } 16849 16850 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16851 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16852 // module name. 16853 std::string ModuleName; 16854 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16855 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16856 ModuleName += "."; 16857 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16858 } 16859 16860 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16861 // correct. 16862 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16863 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16864 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16865 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16866 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16867 return nullptr; 16868 } 16869 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16870 16871 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16872 Module *Mod; 16873 16874 switch (MDK) { 16875 case ModuleDeclKind::Interface: { 16876 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16877 // module map defining it already. 16878 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16879 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16880 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16881 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16882 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16883 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16884 << FE->getName(); 16885 Mod = M; 16886 break; 16887 } 16888 16889 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16890 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16891 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16892 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16893 break; 16894 } 16895 16896 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16897 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16898 return nullptr; 16899 16900 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16901 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16902 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16903 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16904 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16905 if (!Mod) { 16906 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_not_defined) << ModuleName; 16907 // Create an empty module interface unit for error recovery. 16908 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16909 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16910 } 16911 break; 16912 } 16913 16914 // Switch from the global module to the named module. 16915 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16916 ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface = MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation; 16917 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); 16918 16919 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. 16920 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly 16921 // exported. 16922 auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16923 TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); 16924 TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16925 16926 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. 16927 return nullptr; 16928 } 16929 16930 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16931 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16932 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16933 Module *Mod = 16934 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16935 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16936 if (!Mod) 16937 return true; 16938 16939 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16940 16941 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16942 16943 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16944 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16945 // silently ignoring the import. 16946 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16947 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16948 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16949 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16950 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16951 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16952 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16953 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16954 16955 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16956 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16957 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16958 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16959 // We need the length to be consistent. 16960 if (!ModCheck) 16961 break; 16962 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16963 16964 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16965 } 16966 16967 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, 16968 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16969 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16970 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16971 CurContext->addDecl(Import); 16972 16973 // Re-export the module if needed. 16974 if (Import->isExported() && 16975 !ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 16976 getCurrentModule()->Exports.emplace_back(Mod, false); 16977 16978 return Import; 16979 } 16980 16981 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16982 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16983 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16984 } 16985 16986 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16987 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16988 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16989 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16990 // 16991 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16992 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16993 TUKind == TU_Module && 16994 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16995 16996 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16997 16998 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16999 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 17000 if (ShouldAddImport) { 17001 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 17002 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 17003 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 17004 DirectiveLoc); 17005 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 17006 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 17007 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 17008 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 17009 } 17010 17011 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 17012 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 17013 } 17014 17015 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 17016 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 17017 17018 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 17019 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 17020 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 17021 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 17022 17023 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 17024 17025 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 17026 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 17027 // lexically within the module. 17028 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 17029 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 17030 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 17031 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 17032 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 17033 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 17034 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 17035 } 17036 } 17037 } 17038 17039 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 17040 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 17041 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 17042 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 17043 // is now out of date. 17044 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 17045 } 17046 17047 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 17048 "left the wrong module scope"); 17049 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 17050 17051 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 17052 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 17053 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 17054 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 17055 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 17056 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 17057 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 17058 "end of submodule in main source file"); 17059 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 17060 } else { 17061 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 17062 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 17063 } 17064 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 17065 17066 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 17067 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 17068 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 17069 // the module within. 17070 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 17071 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 17072 if (!getCurrentModule()) 17073 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 17074 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 17075 } 17076 } 17077 } 17078 17079 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 17080 Module *Mod) { 17081 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 17082 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 17083 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 17084 return; 17085 17086 // Create the implicit import declaration. 17087 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 17088 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 17089 Loc, Mod, Loc); 17090 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 17091 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 17092 17093 // Make the module visible. 17094 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 17095 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 17096 } 17097 17098 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 17099 /// (if present). 17100 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 17101 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 17102 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 17103 17104 // C++ Modules TS draft: 17105 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 17106 // the global module. 17107 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 17108 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 17109 17110 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 17111 // export keyword. 17112 // 17113 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 17114 // export-declaration. 17115 if (D->isExported()) 17116 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 17117 17118 CurContext->addDecl(D); 17119 PushDeclContext(S, D); 17120 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); 17121 return D; 17122 } 17123 17124 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 17125 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 17126 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 17127 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 17128 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 17129 17130 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 17131 // anonymous namespace). 17132 17133 PopDeclContext(); 17134 return D; 17135 } 17136 17137 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17138 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17139 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17140 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17141 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17142 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 17143 LookupOrdinaryName); 17144 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 17145 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 17146 17147 // If a declaration that: 17148 // 1) declares a function or a variable 17149 // 2) has external linkage 17150 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 17151 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17152 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 17153 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 17154 else 17155 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 17156 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 17157 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 17158 } else 17159 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 17160 } 17161 17162 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17163 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17164 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 17165 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 17166 17167 if (PrevDecl) { 17168 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 17169 } else { 17170 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17171 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 17172 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 17173 } 17174 } 17175 17176 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17177 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17178 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17179 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17180 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17181 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 17182 LookupOrdinaryName); 17183 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 17184 17185 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17186 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 17187 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17188 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 17189 } else { 17190 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17191 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 17192 } 17193 } 17194 17195 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 17196 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 17197 } 17198